1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "gdb_regex.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66 #include "continuations.h"
69 #include "gdb_regex.h"
71 #include "dummy-frame.h"
75 /* readline include files */
76 #include "readline/readline.h"
77 #include "readline/history.h"
79 /* readline defines this. */
82 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
83 #include "python/python.h"
85 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
86 enum exception_event_kind
93 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
95 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
97 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
99 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
101 static void disable_command (char *, int);
103 static void enable_command (char *, int);
105 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
109 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
111 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
113 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
115 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
116 struct linespec_result
*,
120 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
121 struct linespec_result
*,
122 char *, char *, enum bptype
,
123 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
125 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
126 int, int, int, unsigned);
128 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*, char **,
129 struct symtabs_and_lines
*);
131 static void clear_command (char *, int);
133 static void catch_command (char *, int);
135 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
137 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
139 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
141 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
143 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
144 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
145 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
147 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
149 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
150 struct symtab_and_line
,
152 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
154 static struct breakpoint
*
155 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
157 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
);
159 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
161 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
165 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
166 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
167 struct obj_section
*, int);
169 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
,
171 struct address_space
*aspace2
,
174 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
175 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
177 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
178 struct address_space
*aspace
,
181 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
183 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
185 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
186 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
188 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
190 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
192 static void commands_command (char *, int);
194 static void condition_command (char *, int);
203 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
204 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
206 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
208 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
210 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
212 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
214 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
216 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
218 int *other_type_used
);
220 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
222 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
224 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
227 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
229 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
231 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
233 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
235 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
237 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*,
240 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
241 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
242 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
244 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
246 static void update_global_location_list (int);
248 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
250 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
252 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
254 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
256 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
258 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
260 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
262 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
264 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
266 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
268 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
270 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
272 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
275 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
277 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
279 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
;
281 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
282 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
283 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
284 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
286 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
287 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
289 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
290 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
292 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
293 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
295 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
297 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
299 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
300 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
302 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
303 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
305 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
306 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
307 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
308 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
309 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
310 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
312 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
313 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
314 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
315 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
321 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
323 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
324 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
325 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
326 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
328 static char *dprintf_function
= "";
330 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
331 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
332 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
333 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
334 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
335 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
336 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
338 static char *dprintf_channel
= "";
340 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
342 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
344 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
345 breakpoints share a single command list. */
346 struct counted_command_line
348 /* The reference count. */
351 /* The command list. */
352 struct command_line
*commands
;
355 struct command_line
*
356 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
358 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
361 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
362 current breakpoint. */
364 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
367 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
369 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
370 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
372 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
374 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
377 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
378 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
379 if such is available. */
380 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
383 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
384 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
387 fprintf_filtered (file
,
388 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
389 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
393 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
394 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
395 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
396 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
397 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
399 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
400 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
403 fprintf_filtered (file
,
404 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
405 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
409 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
410 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
411 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
412 use hardware breakpoints. */
413 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
415 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
416 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
419 fprintf_filtered (file
,
420 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
424 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
425 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
426 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
427 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
428 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
430 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
433 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
434 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
436 if (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
)
437 fprintf_filtered (file
,
438 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
439 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
441 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
443 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
448 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
450 return (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
451 || (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
&& non_stop
));
454 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
456 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
457 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
458 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
459 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
460 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
461 condition_evaluation_auto
,
462 condition_evaluation_host
,
463 condition_evaluation_target
,
467 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
468 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
470 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
471 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
472 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
474 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
475 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
476 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
480 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
482 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
484 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
485 return condition_evaluation_target
;
487 return condition_evaluation_host
;
493 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
496 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
498 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
501 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
505 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
507 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
509 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
512 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
514 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
515 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
517 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
518 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
520 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
521 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
523 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
524 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
525 current breakpoint. */
527 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
529 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
530 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
531 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
534 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
535 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
536 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
538 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
539 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
540 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
543 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
544 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
545 to where the loop should start from.
546 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
547 appropriate location to start with. */
549 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
550 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
551 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
553 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
554 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
557 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
559 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
560 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
561 if (is_tracepoint (B))
563 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
565 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
567 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
569 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
571 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
573 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
575 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
576 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
577 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
578 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
579 an address you need to read. */
581 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
583 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
584 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
585 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
586 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
587 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
589 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
591 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
592 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
594 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
596 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
598 static int breakpoint_count
;
600 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
601 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
602 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
603 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
604 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
606 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
608 static int tracepoint_count
;
610 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
611 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
612 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
614 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
616 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
618 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
621 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
624 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
626 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
627 breakpoint_count
= num
;
628 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
631 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
632 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
633 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
635 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
639 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
641 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
644 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
648 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
650 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
653 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
656 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
658 struct breakpoint
*b
;
664 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
665 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
667 static struct counted_command_line
*
668 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
670 struct counted_command_line
*result
671 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line
));
674 result
->commands
= commands
;
678 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
681 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
687 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
688 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
689 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
692 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
696 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
698 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
705 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
708 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
710 decref_counted_command_line (arg
);
713 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
716 static struct cleanup
*
717 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
719 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
723 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
724 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
727 get_breakpoint (int num
)
729 struct breakpoint
*b
;
732 if (b
->number
== num
)
740 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
741 evaluating conditions on its side. */
744 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
746 struct bp_location
*loc
;
748 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
749 evaluating conditions and if the user has
750 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
752 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
753 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
756 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
759 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
760 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
763 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
764 evaluating conditions on its side. */
767 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
769 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
770 evaluating conditions and if the user has
771 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
773 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
774 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
778 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
781 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
784 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
785 condition_evaluation_mode. */
788 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args
, int from_tty
,
789 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
791 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
793 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
794 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
796 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
797 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
798 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
802 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
803 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
805 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
806 settings was "auto". */
807 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
809 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
810 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
812 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
813 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
814 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
816 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
817 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
820 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
822 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
824 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
825 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
829 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
830 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
831 target knows about. */
832 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
833 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
834 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
838 update_global_location_list (1);
844 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
845 what "auto" is translating to. */
848 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
849 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
851 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
852 fprintf_filtered (file
,
853 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
854 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
856 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
858 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
862 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
863 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
864 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
867 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
869 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
870 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
872 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
875 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
878 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
879 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
880 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
883 static struct bp_location
**
884 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
886 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
887 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
888 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
890 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
891 memset (&dummy_loc
, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location
));
892 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
894 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
895 locp_found
= bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_location
, bp_location_count
,
896 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
897 bp_location_compare_addrs
);
899 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
900 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
903 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
904 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
905 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_location
906 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
913 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *exp
,
916 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
917 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
919 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
921 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
928 struct bp_location
*loc
;
930 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
935 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
936 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
937 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
944 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
948 const char *arg
= exp
;
950 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
951 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
952 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
953 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
955 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
957 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
959 innermost_block
= NULL
;
961 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
963 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
964 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
968 struct bp_location
*loc
;
970 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
974 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
975 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
977 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
981 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
983 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
986 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
988 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
989 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
990 const char *text
, const char *word
)
994 text
= skip_spaces_const (text
);
995 space
= skip_to_space_const (text
);
999 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1000 VEC (char_ptr
) *result
= NULL
;
1004 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1005 if (isdigit (text
[1]))
1007 return complete_internalvar (&text
[1]);
1010 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1011 len
= strlen (text
);
1017 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
1019 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
1020 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr
, result
, xstrdup (number
));
1026 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1027 text
= skip_spaces_const (space
);
1028 return expression_completer (cmd
, text
, word
);
1031 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1034 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1036 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1041 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1044 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1046 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1049 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
1051 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
1052 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
1053 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
1054 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1056 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b
->py_bp_object
))
1057 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
1058 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
1059 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
1061 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1062 update_global_location_list (1);
1067 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1070 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1071 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1072 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1075 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1077 struct command_line
*c
;
1079 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1083 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1084 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1085 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1087 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1088 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1090 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1091 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1092 command directly. */
1093 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1094 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1096 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1097 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1101 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1104 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type
)
1106 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1107 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1108 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1112 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1114 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1117 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1118 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1122 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1123 struct command_line
*commands
)
1125 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1127 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1128 struct command_line
*c
;
1129 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1131 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1132 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1136 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1137 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1138 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1139 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1140 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1141 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1142 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1143 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1144 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1145 tracepoint's context. */
1146 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1148 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1150 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1151 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1152 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1153 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1154 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1155 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1158 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1159 "can be used only once"));
1164 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1168 struct command_line
*c2
;
1170 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1171 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1172 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1174 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1175 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1181 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1185 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1186 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1189 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1191 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1192 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1193 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1196 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1198 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1199 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1200 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1206 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1207 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1210 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1211 struct command_line
*commands
)
1213 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
1215 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1216 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
1217 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1220 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1221 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1225 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1227 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1230 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1231 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1234 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1235 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1238 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1240 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1243 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1244 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1247 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1248 breakpoint work for any task. */
1251 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1253 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1256 if (old_task
!= task
)
1257 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1261 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1263 struct breakpoint
*b
= closure
;
1265 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1268 /* A structure used to pass information through
1269 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1271 struct commands_info
1273 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1276 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1279 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1280 already-parsed command. */
1281 struct command_line
*control
;
1283 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1285 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
1288 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1289 commands_command. */
1292 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
1294 struct commands_info
*info
= data
;
1296 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
1298 struct command_line
*l
;
1300 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
1301 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
1304 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1307 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1308 "%s, one per line."),
1311 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1313 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
1316 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1319 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1322 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
1325 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1327 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
1329 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
1330 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
1331 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1332 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
1333 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1338 commands_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1339 struct command_line
*control
)
1341 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
1342 struct commands_info info
;
1344 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
1345 info
.control
= control
;
1347 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1348 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1349 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
1351 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1353 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1354 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1356 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1357 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1360 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1361 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1362 numbers will fail in this case. */
1367 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1369 arg
= xstrdup (arg
);
1372 make_cleanup (xfree
, arg
);
1376 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1378 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1379 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1381 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1385 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1387 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1390 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1391 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1393 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1394 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1395 enum command_control_type
1396 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1398 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1399 return simple_control
;
1402 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1405 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1407 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1411 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1412 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1417 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1418 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1420 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1421 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1422 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1424 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1425 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1426 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1427 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1428 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1429 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1430 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1431 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1433 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1436 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1437 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1438 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1440 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1442 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1444 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1445 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1446 report higher one. */
1449 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1450 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1452 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1454 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1455 bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1457 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1458 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1459 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1460 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1462 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1463 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1464 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1466 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1468 && (bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1475 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1476 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1477 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1478 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1479 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1482 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1484 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1485 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1486 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1489 && bp_location
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_location
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1492 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1494 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1496 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1497 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1501 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1502 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1503 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1506 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1509 if (bl
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1510 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1511 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1514 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1516 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
, 0,
1517 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1520 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1522 bp_addr
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1523 bp_size
= bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
1525 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1526 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1530 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1531 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1535 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1536 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1538 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1539 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1540 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1544 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1546 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1547 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1550 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1552 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with
1553 the shadow_contents buffer. */
1554 gdb_assert (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1555 || readbuf
>= (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
1556 + bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
));
1558 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1560 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1561 bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1565 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= bl
->gdbarch
;
1566 const unsigned char *bp
;
1567 CORE_ADDR placed_address
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1568 int placed_size
= bl
->target_info
.placed_size
;
1570 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1571 memcpy (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1572 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1574 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1576 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &placed_address
, &placed_size
);
1578 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1579 breakpoint's INSN. */
1580 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1586 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1590 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1592 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1593 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1594 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1597 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1600 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1602 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1603 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1604 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1607 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1611 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1613 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1614 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1617 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1618 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1619 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1620 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1621 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1622 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1623 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1624 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1627 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1629 return (b
->base
.pspace
== current_program_space
1630 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1631 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1632 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1635 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1636 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1639 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1641 struct breakpoint
*b
= &w
->base
;
1643 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1645 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1646 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1647 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1648 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1649 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1651 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1654 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1655 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1656 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1657 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1659 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1661 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1662 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1665 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1666 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1667 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1668 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1669 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1670 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1671 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1672 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1674 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1675 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1676 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1677 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1678 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1679 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1680 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1681 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1684 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1685 hardware watchpoints:
1687 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1688 called several times when GDB stops.
1691 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1692 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1693 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1694 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1695 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1696 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1697 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1698 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1699 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1700 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1701 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1703 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1704 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1707 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1709 int within_current_scope
;
1710 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1713 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1714 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1715 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1716 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1719 if (b
->base
.disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1724 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1725 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1726 within_current_scope
= 1;
1729 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1730 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1731 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1733 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1734 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1735 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1736 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1739 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1740 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1741 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1742 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1745 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1747 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1748 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1749 if (within_current_scope
)
1753 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1754 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1755 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1758 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1767 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1768 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1769 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1770 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1771 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1772 be completely different objects. */
1773 value_free (b
->val
);
1777 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1778 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1779 locations (re)created below. */
1780 if (b
->base
.cond_string
!= NULL
)
1782 if (b
->cond_exp
!= NULL
)
1784 xfree (b
->cond_exp
);
1788 s
= b
->base
.cond_string
;
1789 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1793 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1794 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1795 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1796 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1797 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1798 if (!target_has_execution
)
1800 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1801 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1802 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1803 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1805 if (b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
1806 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1808 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1809 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1812 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1815 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1816 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1818 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
, 0);
1820 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1821 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1822 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1823 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1824 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1826 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
1832 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1834 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1835 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1837 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1838 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1839 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1840 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1841 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1842 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1843 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1845 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1847 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1848 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1849 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1851 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1852 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1856 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1858 addr
= value_address (v
);
1860 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1862 else if (b
->base
.type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1865 loc
= allocate_bp_location (&b
->base
);
1866 for (tmp
= &(b
->base
.loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1869 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1871 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1872 loc
->address
= addr
;
1873 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1874 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1879 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1880 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1881 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1886 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
1887 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1889 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1893 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
1896 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1897 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1898 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
1900 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1901 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1902 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1903 this watchpoint in as well. */
1905 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1906 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1907 hardware watchpoint type. */
1908 type
= b
->base
.type
;
1909 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
1910 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1912 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1913 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1914 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1915 through watch_command), so always account for it
1918 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1919 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b
->base
, type
, &other_type_used
);
1921 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1922 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b
->base
);
1925 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
1926 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1928 int sw_mode
= b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
);
1930 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
1931 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1932 "hardware watchpoint."));
1933 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
1934 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1935 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1937 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1938 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1942 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1943 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1944 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1946 b
->base
.type
= type
;
1949 else if (!b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
1951 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1952 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1953 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1955 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1956 "read/access watchpoint."));
1959 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1961 loc_type
= (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
1962 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
1963 for (bl
= b
->base
.loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
1964 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
1967 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
1969 next
= value_next (v
);
1974 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1975 above left it without any location set up. But,
1976 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1977 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1978 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->base
.loc
== NULL
)
1980 struct breakpoint
*base
= &b
->base
;
1981 base
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (base
);
1982 base
->loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1983 base
->loc
->address
= -1;
1984 base
->loc
->length
= -1;
1985 base
->loc
->watchpoint_type
= -1;
1988 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1990 printf_filtered (_("\
1991 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1992 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1994 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
1997 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1999 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
2003 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2004 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2005 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2006 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2007 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2009 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2011 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2014 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2017 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2020 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2023 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2024 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2025 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2026 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2027 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2028 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2029 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2030 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2031 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2037 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2038 that the location is not duplicated. */
2041 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2044 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2047 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2048 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2052 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2053 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2054 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2055 any error during parsing. */
2057 static struct agent_expr
*
2058 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2060 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2061 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2066 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2067 that may show up. */
2068 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2070 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2075 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2076 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2077 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2081 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2085 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2086 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2087 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2088 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2089 one of them is true. */
2092 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2094 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2095 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2096 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2097 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2099 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2100 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2101 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2103 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2104 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2107 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2108 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2109 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2110 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2111 response back to GDB. */
2112 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2115 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2119 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2121 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2122 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2123 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2124 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2125 aexpr
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
, loc
->cond
);
2126 loc
->cond_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2128 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2129 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2135 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2136 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2137 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2139 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2145 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2146 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2147 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2149 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2150 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2151 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2153 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2156 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2158 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2160 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2163 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2164 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
2169 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2170 for this location's address. */
2171 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2175 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2176 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2177 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2179 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2180 conditions to the target. */
2181 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
,
2182 loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2188 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2189 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2190 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2192 static struct agent_expr
*
2193 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2195 struct cleanup
*old_cleanups
= 0;
2196 struct expression
*expr
, **argvec
;
2197 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2198 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2199 const char *cmdrest
;
2200 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2201 struct format_piece
*fpieces
;
2203 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2210 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2212 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2214 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2215 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2217 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2219 fpieces
= parse_format_string (&cmdrest
);
2221 old_cleanups
= make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup
, &fpieces
);
2223 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2225 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2226 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2228 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2230 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2231 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2233 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2235 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2237 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2239 argvec
= (struct expression
**) alloca (strlen (cmd
)
2240 * sizeof (struct expression
*));
2243 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2248 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2249 argvec
[nargs
++] = expr
;
2251 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2255 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2256 that may show up. */
2257 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2259 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2260 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2261 fpieces
, nargs
, argvec
);
2264 do_cleanups (old_cleanups
);
2268 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2269 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2270 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2274 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2278 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2279 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2280 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2283 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2285 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2286 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2287 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2288 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2290 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2291 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
2292 || strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) != 0)
2295 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2298 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2299 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2300 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2301 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2302 response back to GDB. */
2303 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2306 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2310 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2312 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2313 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2314 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2315 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2316 aexpr
= parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2317 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2318 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2324 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2325 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2326 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2328 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2334 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2336 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2338 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2341 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2342 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2344 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2346 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2349 free_agent_expr (loc
->cmd_bytecode
);
2350 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= NULL
;
2355 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2356 for this location's address. */
2357 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2360 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2361 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2362 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2363 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2365 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2366 to send the commands to the target. */
2367 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
,
2371 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2372 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2373 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2374 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2377 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2378 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2379 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2380 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2383 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2384 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2386 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2387 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2388 int *disabled_breaks
,
2389 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2390 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2393 char *hw_bp_err_string
= NULL
;
2394 struct gdb_exception e
;
2396 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2399 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2400 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2401 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2402 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2403 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2404 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2405 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2406 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2407 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2408 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= bl
->address
;
2409 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2410 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2412 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2413 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2414 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2415 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2417 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2419 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2420 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2421 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2422 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2425 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2426 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2428 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2430 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2431 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2432 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2434 Two important cases are:
2435 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2436 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2437 hardware breakpoint.
2438 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2439 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2440 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2443 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2444 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2445 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2446 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2448 struct mem_region
*mr
2449 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.placed_address
);
2453 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2455 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2457 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2458 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2460 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2462 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2464 static int said
= 0;
2466 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2469 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2470 _("Note: automatically using "
2471 "hardware breakpoints for "
2472 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2477 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2478 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2479 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2480 "at readonly address %s"),
2481 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2485 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2486 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2487 || bl
->section
== NULL
2488 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2490 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2491 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2493 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2498 hw_bp_err_string
= (char *) e
.message
;
2503 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2504 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2505 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2507 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2508 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2509 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2510 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2511 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2515 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2517 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2518 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2519 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2520 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2521 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2523 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2524 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2525 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2529 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2530 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2532 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2533 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2535 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2540 hw_bp_err_string
= (char *) e
.message
;
2545 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2546 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2553 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2554 if (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
2556 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2558 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2559 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
2560 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2562 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2563 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2565 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2566 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2567 "library breakpoints:\n");
2569 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2570 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2571 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2575 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2577 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2578 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= hw_bp_err_string
!= NULL
;
2579 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2580 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2581 bl
->owner
->number
, hw_bp_err_string
? ":" : ".\n");
2582 if (hw_bp_err_string
)
2583 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n", hw_bp_err_string
);
2587 char *message
= memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2588 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2589 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
2591 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2592 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2594 bl
->owner
->number
, message
);
2596 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2607 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2608 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2609 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2610 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2612 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2613 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2615 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2617 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2618 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2619 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2621 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2623 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2624 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2626 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2628 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2629 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2633 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2634 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2641 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2642 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2645 /* Back to the original value. */
2646 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2650 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2653 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2655 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2656 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2658 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2661 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2665 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2666 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2668 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2671 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2673 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2674 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2675 so just return success. */
2682 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2683 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2687 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2689 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2690 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2692 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2693 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2695 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2696 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2699 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2700 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2701 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2703 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2705 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2707 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2708 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2709 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2711 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2712 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2714 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2720 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2721 removed locations above. */
2722 update_global_location_list (0);
2725 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2726 Throws exception on any error.
2727 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2728 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2730 insert_breakpoints (void)
2732 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2734 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2735 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2737 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2739 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2742 update_global_location_list (1);
2744 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2745 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2747 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2748 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2751 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2754 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
2756 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
2758 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
2760 callback (loc
, NULL
);
2764 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2765 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2766 always-inserted mode. */
2769 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2771 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2774 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2775 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2776 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
2778 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2779 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2781 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2782 there was an error. */
2783 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
2785 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2787 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2789 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2791 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2794 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2795 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2796 deletion of breakpoints. */
2797 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2800 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2802 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2803 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2804 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2805 insert breakpoints. */
2806 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2807 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2810 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2811 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
2818 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2819 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2822 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
2825 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2828 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2830 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2831 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2834 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2835 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2836 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
2838 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2839 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2841 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2842 there was an error. */
2843 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
2845 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2847 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2849 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2852 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2853 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2854 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2855 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
2856 && !valid_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
2859 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2861 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2862 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2863 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2864 insert breakpoints. */
2865 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2866 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2869 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2870 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
2875 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2876 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2877 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2879 int some_failed
= 0;
2880 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2882 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2885 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2888 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2891 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2892 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
2899 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2901 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
2903 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2904 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2905 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2913 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2914 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2915 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2917 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2918 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2919 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2921 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2922 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2925 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
2928 /* Used when the program stops.
2929 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2930 removing a breakpoint location. */
2933 remove_breakpoints (void)
2935 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2938 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2940 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
2941 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2946 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
2950 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
2952 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
2954 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
2956 if (b
->thread
== tp
->num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
2958 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
2960 printf_filtered (_("\
2961 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %d no longer in the thread list.\n"),
2962 b
->number
, tp
->num
);
2964 /* Hide it from the user. */
2970 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2973 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
2975 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2977 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2979 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2981 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2984 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
2989 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2998 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
3000 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3001 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3003 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
;
3004 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0, dummy3
= 0;
3005 struct inferior
*inf
;
3006 struct thread_info
*tp
;
3008 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
3012 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3013 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3015 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
3017 tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3018 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3020 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3022 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3028 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
, &dummy3
);
3031 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3036 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3040 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3042 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3043 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3044 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3045 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3046 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3047 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3049 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3052 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3055 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3056 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3060 static struct breakpoint
*
3061 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3062 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3063 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3065 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
3066 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3068 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3071 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3072 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3074 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3075 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3076 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3081 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3083 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3085 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3087 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3088 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3090 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3091 struct minimal_symbol
*overlay_msym
;
3093 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3094 struct minimal_symbol
*longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3096 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3097 int longjmp_searched
;
3099 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3100 VEC (probe_p
) *longjmp_probes
;
3102 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3103 struct minimal_symbol
*terminate_msym
;
3105 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3106 struct minimal_symbol
*exception_msym
;
3108 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3109 int exception_searched
;
3111 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3112 VEC (probe_p
) *exception_probes
;
3115 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3117 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3118 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3120 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3123 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3125 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3128 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3129 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3131 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3132 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3134 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3136 bp_objfile_data
= objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
);
3137 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3139 bp_objfile_data
= obstack_alloc (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
,
3140 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3142 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3143 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3145 return bp_objfile_data
;
3149 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3151 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
= data
;
3153 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
);
3154 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
);
3158 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3160 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3161 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3163 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3165 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3166 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3169 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3171 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
))
3174 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
== NULL
)
3176 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3178 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3181 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3182 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3185 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3188 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3189 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3191 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3192 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3194 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3196 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3197 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3201 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3202 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3205 update_global_location_list (1);
3209 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3211 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3212 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3214 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3216 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3218 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3220 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3222 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3225 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3226 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3228 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3230 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3232 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3236 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3239 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3240 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3242 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3244 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3245 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3246 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3250 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3251 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3254 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
!= NULL
)
3257 struct probe
*probe
;
3258 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3261 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3262 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
,
3266 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3268 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, probe
->address
,
3270 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3271 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3272 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3278 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3281 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3283 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3284 const char *func_name
;
3287 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]))
3290 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3291 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] == NULL
)
3293 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3295 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3298 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3299 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = &msym_not_found
;
3302 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3305 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3306 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3307 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3308 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3309 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3313 update_global_location_list (1);
3315 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3318 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3320 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3322 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3323 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3324 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3326 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3328 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3330 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3333 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3335 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3337 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3338 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3340 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3342 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
))
3345 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
== NULL
)
3347 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3349 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3350 if (m
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_text
3351 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_file_text
))
3353 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3354 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3357 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3360 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3361 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3362 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3363 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3364 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3365 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3369 update_global_location_list (1);
3371 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3374 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3377 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3379 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3380 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3382 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3384 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3385 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3386 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3389 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3391 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3392 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3396 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3400 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3401 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3403 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3405 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3406 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3407 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3411 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3412 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3415 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
!= NULL
)
3417 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3419 struct probe
*probe
;
3422 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3423 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
,
3427 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3429 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, probe
->address
,
3430 bp_exception_master
,
3431 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3432 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3433 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3439 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3441 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
))
3444 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3446 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
== NULL
)
3448 struct minimal_symbol
*debug_hook
;
3450 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3451 if (debug_hook
== NULL
)
3453 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3457 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3460 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3461 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3463 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3464 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3465 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3466 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3469 update_global_location_list (1);
3473 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3475 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3476 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3478 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3479 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3480 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3481 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3482 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3483 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3484 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3485 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3486 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3487 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3488 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3490 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3492 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3495 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3496 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3498 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3502 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3503 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3505 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3509 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3510 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3511 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3512 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3513 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3515 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3519 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3520 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3522 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3526 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3528 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3529 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3530 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3532 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3536 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3538 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3539 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3540 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3541 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3545 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3546 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3547 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3548 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3549 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3550 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3552 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3553 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3554 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3555 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3556 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3557 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3558 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3560 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3561 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3562 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3563 let finish_command delete it.
3565 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3566 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3567 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3568 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3569 solib breakpoints.) */
3571 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3576 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3577 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3579 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
3581 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3585 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3586 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3587 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3588 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3589 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3593 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3595 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3597 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3598 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3600 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid
) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
))
3601 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3603 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3604 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3605 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3607 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3610 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3611 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3612 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3613 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3614 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3615 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3616 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3620 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, mark_inserted
);
3623 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3624 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3626 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3630 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3631 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3632 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3633 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3634 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3637 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3641 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3642 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3644 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3645 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3648 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3649 This should not ever happen. */
3650 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3652 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3653 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3655 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3656 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3657 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3659 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3660 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3661 || bl
->section
== NULL
3662 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3664 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3665 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3669 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3670 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3671 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3673 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3674 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3676 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3677 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3678 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3679 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3680 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3682 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3683 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3685 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3686 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3689 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3690 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3691 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3692 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3694 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3695 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3696 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3697 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3698 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3699 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3705 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3710 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3711 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3712 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3713 if (val
&& solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
3718 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3720 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
3722 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3723 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3725 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3726 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3728 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3729 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (bl
->inserted
))
3730 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3733 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
3734 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3737 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3738 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3740 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3744 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3751 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3754 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3756 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3757 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3759 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3760 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3763 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3764 This should not ever happen. */
3765 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3767 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
3769 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3771 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, is
);
3773 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3777 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3780 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3782 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3784 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3785 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3789 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3790 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3792 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3795 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3796 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3797 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3802 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
3804 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3805 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3807 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
3809 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3811 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3814 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3816 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3817 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
3818 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3822 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3824 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
3830 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
3832 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3833 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3836 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3838 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3840 case bp_shlib_event
:
3842 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3843 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3844 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3845 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3846 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3848 (gdb) file prog-linux
3849 (gdb) run # native linux target
3852 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3853 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3856 case bp_step_resume
:
3858 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3860 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3864 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3865 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3866 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3868 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
3870 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3871 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
3872 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3873 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
3875 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3876 insert_breakpoints. */
3878 value_free (w
->val
);
3889 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3890 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
3891 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
3892 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
3895 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3896 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3897 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3898 match, not program space. */
3900 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3901 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3902 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3903 permanent breakpoint.
3904 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3905 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3906 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3907 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3908 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3910 enum breakpoint_here
3911 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3913 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3914 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
3916 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3918 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3919 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3922 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3923 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3924 || bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3925 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3927 if (overlay_debugging
3928 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3929 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3930 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3931 else if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3932 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
3934 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
3938 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
3941 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
3944 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3946 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3949 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
3950 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
3956 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
3957 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
3958 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
3959 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
3962 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3965 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3967 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3969 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3970 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3974 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3976 if (overlay_debugging
3977 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3978 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3979 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3987 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
3988 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
3991 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3993 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3996 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
4002 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4006 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4009 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4011 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4013 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4017 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4020 if (overlay_debugging
4021 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4022 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4023 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4029 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
4030 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
4037 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4038 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4040 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
4042 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
4044 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4046 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4047 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4050 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4053 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4054 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4058 /* Check for intersection. */
4059 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
4060 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4068 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
4069 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
4072 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
4075 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4076 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4080 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4082 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4083 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4086 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4087 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4088 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4091 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4094 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1)
4096 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4097 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4098 it is now time to do so. */
4100 thread
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
4101 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= thread
)
4105 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= 0)
4107 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4108 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4109 it is now time to do so. */
4111 task
= ada_get_task_number (ptid
);
4112 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= task
)
4116 if (overlay_debugging
4117 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4118 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4119 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4128 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4132 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4134 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4137 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4141 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
4143 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4144 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4145 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4146 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
4150 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4151 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4154 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4171 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4172 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4175 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4179 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4184 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4186 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
4187 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
4188 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
4189 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
4190 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4192 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
4193 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
4197 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4207 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4210 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4215 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4217 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4223 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4225 enum bpstat_signal_value
4226 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4228 enum bpstat_signal_value result
= BPSTAT_SIGNAL_NO
;
4230 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4232 /* Ensure that, if we ever entered this loop, then we at least
4233 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE. */
4234 enum bpstat_signal_value newval
;
4236 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4238 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4240 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4241 newval
= BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE
;
4243 newval
= BPSTAT_SIGNAL_NO
;
4246 newval
= bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4249 if (newval
> result
)
4256 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4257 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4258 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4259 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4261 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4262 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4264 Return 1 otherwise. */
4267 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4269 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4272 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4274 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4275 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4276 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4277 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4278 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4280 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4282 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4286 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4289 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4291 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4294 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4297 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4301 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4303 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4305 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4307 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4313 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4316 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4318 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4320 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4322 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4323 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4324 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4325 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4326 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4330 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4333 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4336 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
4338 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
4341 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4342 or its equivalent. */
4345 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4347 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0
4348 || (xdb_commands
&& strcmp ("Q", cmd
->line
) == 0));
4351 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4352 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4353 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4354 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4356 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4357 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4358 bpstat of the current thread. */
4361 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4364 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4367 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4369 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4372 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
4373 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
4375 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4377 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4380 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4381 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4383 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
4384 struct command_line
*cmd
;
4385 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
4387 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4389 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4390 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4391 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4392 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4393 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4394 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4395 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4396 the tree when we're done. */
4397 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4398 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4399 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
4400 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
4401 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4403 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4409 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4411 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4417 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4418 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
4420 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4422 if (target_can_async_p ())
4423 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4424 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4425 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4428 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4429 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4430 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4431 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4432 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4433 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4434 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4435 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4436 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4437 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4438 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4439 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4440 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4445 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4450 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4452 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4454 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4455 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4456 && target_has_execution
4457 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4458 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4459 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4460 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4461 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4462 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4463 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4466 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4469 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4472 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4475 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4478 struct value_print_options opts
;
4479 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4480 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4484 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4485 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4486 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4487 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4490 static enum print_stop_action
4491 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4493 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4496 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4497 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4501 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4502 relevant messages. */
4503 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4506 case print_it_normal
:
4508 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4510 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4511 which has since been deleted. */
4513 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4515 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4516 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4521 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4522 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4527 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4530 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4533 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
);
4535 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4539 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4540 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4541 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4543 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4544 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4545 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4548 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
4549 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "reason",
4550 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4554 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4558 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4559 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4562 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
4567 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4568 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", name
);
4569 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4572 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4577 struct so_list
*iter
;
4579 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4581 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4582 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4585 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4590 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4591 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", iter
->so_name
);
4592 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4595 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4599 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4600 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4601 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4602 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4603 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4604 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4605 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4608 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4609 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4610 code to print the location. An example is
4611 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4613 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4614 to also print the location part of the message.
4615 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4616 don't require a location appended to the end.
4617 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4618 further info to be printed. */
4620 enum print_stop_action
4621 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4625 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4626 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4627 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4628 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4629 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4631 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4632 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4633 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4634 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4638 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4639 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4640 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4641 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4643 print_solib_event (0);
4644 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4647 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4648 with and nothing was printed. */
4649 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4652 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4653 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4654 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4655 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4656 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4657 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4660 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
4662 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4663 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
4665 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4669 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4672 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4676 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
4678 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
4679 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
4680 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
4681 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
4682 incref_bp_location (bl
);
4683 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4684 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4686 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
4690 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4691 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4694 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4696 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4698 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4700 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4702 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4703 as not triggered. */
4705 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4707 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4709 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4715 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
4717 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4718 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4720 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4722 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4724 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4730 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4731 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4735 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4737 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4738 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4740 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4741 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4743 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4745 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4746 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4748 if (newaddr
== start
)
4750 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4754 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4755 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
4759 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4768 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4769 because of check_errors). */
4770 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4771 #define WP_DELETED 1
4772 /* The value has changed. */
4773 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4774 /* The value has not changed. */
4775 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4776 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4779 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4780 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4782 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4785 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4786 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4789 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
4791 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
4792 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4793 struct frame_info
*fr
;
4794 int within_current_scope
;
4796 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4797 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
4798 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4800 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4801 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4802 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4803 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
4806 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4807 within_current_scope
= 1;
4810 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
4811 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4812 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
4814 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4815 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4816 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4817 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4818 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4819 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4820 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4821 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4822 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4823 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
4826 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
4827 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
4829 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4830 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4831 if (within_current_scope
)
4833 struct symbol
*function
;
4835 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
4836 if (function
== NULL
4837 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
4838 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
4839 within_current_scope
= 0;
4842 if (within_current_scope
)
4843 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4844 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4849 if (within_current_scope
)
4851 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4852 time before we return to the command level and call
4853 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4854 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4858 struct value
*new_val
;
4860 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
4861 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4862 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4863 a mask watchpoint. */
4864 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4866 mark
= value_mark ();
4867 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
4869 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4870 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4871 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4872 not what we want. */
4873 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
4874 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
4876 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
4878 release_value (new_val
);
4879 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4881 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
4884 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4888 /* Nothing changed. */
4889 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4890 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
4895 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
4897 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4898 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4899 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4900 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4901 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4902 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4903 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4904 the first value assigned). */
4905 /* We print all the stop information in
4906 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4907 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4908 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4910 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4912 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
4913 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
4914 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->base
.number
);
4916 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
4917 which its expression is valid.\n");
4919 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4920 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->base
.commands
);
4921 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
4927 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4928 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4929 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4932 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
4933 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
4934 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4936 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
4938 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4939 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4941 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
4944 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4945 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4948 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
4950 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
4951 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4953 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4954 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
4955 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
4956 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4957 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4960 int must_check_value
= 0;
4962 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
4963 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4965 must_check_value
= 1;
4966 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
4967 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4968 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4970 must_check_value
= 1;
4971 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
4972 && b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
4973 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4974 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4975 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4976 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4977 must_check_value
= 1;
4979 if (must_check_value
)
4982 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
4984 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
4985 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
4987 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
4991 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4992 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
4996 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4999 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5000 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5002 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5004 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5005 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5006 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5007 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5008 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5009 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5010 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5013 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5014 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5017 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5018 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5019 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5020 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5022 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5023 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5024 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5027 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5028 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5029 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5030 changes. This still gives false positives when
5031 the program writes the same value to memory as
5032 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5033 it for a read), but it's much better than
5036 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5038 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5040 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
5042 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
5043 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5044 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5046 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5047 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5049 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5050 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5052 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5058 if (other_write_watchpoint
5059 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5061 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5062 and the value changed since the last time we
5063 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5065 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5070 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5071 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5072 || b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5074 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5075 the value hasn't changed. */
5076 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5084 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5085 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->base
.number
);
5086 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5087 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5088 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5092 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5094 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5095 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5096 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5097 anything for this watchpoint. */
5098 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5104 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5105 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5106 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5107 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5110 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5112 int thread_id
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
5113 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5114 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5115 int value_is_zero
= 0;
5116 struct expression
*cond
;
5118 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5120 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5121 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5122 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5123 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5124 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5126 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5127 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5128 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5130 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5131 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5137 /* If this is a thread-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu evaluating the
5138 condition if this isn't the specified thread. */
5139 if (b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread_id
)
5145 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop" method implemented. */
5146 if (b
->py_bp_object
)
5147 bs
->stop
= gdbpy_should_stop (b
->py_bp_object
);
5149 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5151 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5158 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5160 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5161 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5163 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5164 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5165 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5166 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5168 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5170 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5171 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5175 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5176 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5177 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5178 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5179 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5181 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5182 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5185 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5187 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5188 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5189 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5190 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5191 really matter which instantiation of the function
5192 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5193 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5194 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5195 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5196 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5197 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5198 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5199 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5201 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5203 select_frame (frame
);
5205 within_current_scope
= 0;
5207 if (within_current_scope
)
5209 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
5210 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5214 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5215 "in the current scope"));
5216 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5217 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5220 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5221 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5224 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
5228 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5232 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5234 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5239 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5240 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5242 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5243 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5246 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5248 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5250 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5251 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5252 several reasons concurrently.)
5254 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5255 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5258 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
5259 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5260 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5262 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5263 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5264 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5265 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5266 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5267 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5270 int need_remove_insert
;
5273 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5274 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5275 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5276 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5277 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5278 inferior function calls. */
5282 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5285 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5287 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5288 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5289 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5290 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5291 checked all locations already. */
5292 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5295 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5298 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5301 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5304 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5307 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5308 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5309 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5313 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5314 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5315 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5317 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5319 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5321 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5326 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5328 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
5330 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
5331 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5334 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5338 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5339 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5340 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5342 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5344 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5346 handle_solib_event ();
5351 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5352 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5353 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5357 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5362 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5363 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5366 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5371 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5373 /* We will stop here. */
5374 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5376 --(b
->enable_count
);
5377 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0
5378 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5379 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5384 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5385 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
5386 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5387 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
5390 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5395 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5397 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5398 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5401 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5402 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5403 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5405 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5406 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5407 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5409 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5410 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5412 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5414 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5415 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5418 if (need_remove_insert
)
5419 update_global_location_list (1);
5420 else if (removed_any
)
5421 update_global_location_list (0);
5427 handle_jit_event (void)
5429 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5430 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5432 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5433 breakpoint_re_set. */
5434 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5436 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5437 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5439 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5441 target_terminal_inferior ();
5444 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5446 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5449 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5451 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5455 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5456 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5457 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5459 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5461 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5462 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5463 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5466 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5468 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5469 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5473 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5480 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5483 case bp_shlib_event
:
5487 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5489 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5492 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5495 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5496 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5497 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5501 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5503 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5507 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5508 This requires no further action. */
5512 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5514 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5515 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5517 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5518 case bp_exception_resume
:
5519 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5520 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5522 case bp_step_resume
:
5524 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5527 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5528 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5531 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5533 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5536 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5537 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5540 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5541 case bp_thread_event
:
5542 case bp_overlay_event
:
5543 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5544 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5545 case bp_exception_master
:
5546 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5552 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5554 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5558 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5559 This requires no further action. */
5564 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5567 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5568 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5569 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5570 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5572 case bp_std_terminate
:
5573 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5574 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5575 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5576 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5579 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5580 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5581 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5582 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5584 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5585 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5587 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5588 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5589 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5591 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5592 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5593 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5594 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5599 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5601 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5605 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5606 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5609 retval
.main_action
= max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5612 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5613 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5618 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5620 handle_jit_event ();
5623 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5625 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5631 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5632 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5634 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5635 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5643 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5644 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5645 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5648 bpstat_should_step (void)
5650 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5653 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5659 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5661 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5670 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5671 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5672 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5675 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5677 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5678 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5682 for (i
= 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout
, i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5684 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5686 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5687 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5688 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5693 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5699 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5700 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5702 "host": Host evals condition.
5703 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5704 "target": Target evals condition.
5708 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5710 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5711 char host_evals
= 0;
5712 char target_evals
= 0;
5717 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5720 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5721 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5722 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5724 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5726 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5732 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
5733 return condition_evaluation_both
;
5734 else if (target_evals
)
5735 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5737 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5740 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5741 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5744 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5746 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
5749 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5750 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5751 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5753 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5754 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5756 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5759 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5762 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5763 struct bp_location
*loc
)
5765 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5766 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
5768 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5772 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
5774 if (b
->display_canonical
)
5775 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->addr_string
);
5776 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
5779 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
5782 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
5783 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
5784 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
5785 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
5786 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
5787 ui_out_text (uiout
, "at ");
5789 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
5790 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
));
5791 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
5793 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5794 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname",
5795 symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
5797 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", loc
->line_number
);
5801 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
5802 struct cleanup
*stb_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
5804 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
,
5806 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
5808 do_cleanups (stb_chain
);
5811 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
5813 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
5814 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5815 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
5817 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
5818 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
5819 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
5820 ui_out_text (uiout
, ")");
5823 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
5827 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
5829 struct ep_type_description
5834 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
5836 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
5837 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
5838 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
5839 {bp_until
, "until"},
5840 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
5841 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
5842 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
5843 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
5844 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
5845 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
5846 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
5847 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5848 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
5849 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
5850 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
5851 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
5852 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
5853 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
5854 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
5855 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
5856 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
5857 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
5858 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
5859 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
5860 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
5861 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
5862 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
5863 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
5864 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
5865 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
5866 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
5867 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5868 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5871 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
5872 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
5873 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5874 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5877 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
5880 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
5881 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
5884 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
5885 const char *field_name
,
5889 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
5890 int is_mi
= ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
);
5894 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
5895 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
5896 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
5899 back_to
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout
, field_name
);
5901 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num
, i
, inf
); ++i
)
5907 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf
);
5908 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, NULL
, mi_group
);
5913 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
5915 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
5917 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
));
5921 do_cleanups (back_to
);
5924 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5927 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5928 struct bp_location
*loc
,
5930 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
5933 struct command_line
*l
;
5934 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
5936 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5937 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
5938 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
5939 struct value_print_options opts
;
5941 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5943 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
5944 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5945 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5948 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
5949 header_of_multiple
= 1;
5957 if (part_of_multiple
)
5960 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
5961 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
5966 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
5971 if (part_of_multiple
)
5972 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
5974 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
5978 if (part_of_multiple
)
5979 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
5981 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
5986 if (part_of_multiple
)
5987 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
5989 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
5990 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
5991 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
5995 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
5997 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
5998 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
5999 make sure there's just one location. */
6000 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
6001 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6007 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6008 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6012 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6013 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6014 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6016 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6018 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6019 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6020 is relatively readable). */
6021 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6022 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6024 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", w
->exp_string
);
6029 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6033 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6034 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6036 case bp_exception_resume
:
6037 case bp_step_resume
:
6038 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6039 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6041 case bp_std_terminate
:
6042 case bp_shlib_event
:
6043 case bp_thread_event
:
6044 case bp_overlay_event
:
6045 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6046 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6047 case bp_exception_master
:
6049 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6050 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6053 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6054 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6055 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6058 if (header_of_multiple
)
6059 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6060 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6061 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6063 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
6064 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6067 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6068 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6075 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6077 struct inferior
*inf
;
6078 VEC(int) *inf_num
= NULL
;
6083 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6084 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num
, inf
->num
);
6087 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6088 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6090 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6091 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6092 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6093 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6094 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6095 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6097 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_num
, mi_only
);
6098 VEC_free (int, inf_num
);
6101 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6103 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6105 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6106 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6107 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
6108 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6110 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6112 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
6113 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
6117 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6119 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6120 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6122 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6125 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6126 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6128 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
6129 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6130 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6133 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6136 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6137 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
6139 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
6140 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
6142 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6143 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6144 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6145 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6146 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6148 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6149 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6150 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6151 ui_out_text (uiout
, " evals)");
6153 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6156 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6158 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6159 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
6160 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6161 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6164 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6168 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6169 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6170 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
6171 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6172 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttracepoint");
6174 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
6175 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
6176 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6177 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6178 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
6180 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
6184 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6185 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6186 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6190 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6193 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
6194 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6195 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6198 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6199 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6200 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6201 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6204 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tdisable after ");
6205 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6206 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6207 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6208 ui_out_text (uiout
, "additional ");
6210 ui_out_text (uiout
, "next ");
6211 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "enable", b
->enable_count
);
6212 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6215 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6217 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6219 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6221 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6222 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6223 ui_out_text (uiout
, " bytes\n");
6227 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
6228 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6230 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
6233 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
6234 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6235 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
6238 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6240 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6242 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6244 annotate_field (10);
6245 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
6246 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", t
->pass_count
);
6247 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6250 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6252 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6254 annotate_field (11);
6256 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6257 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "installed",
6258 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6262 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\t");
6264 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tnot ");
6265 ui_out_text (uiout
, "installed on target\n");
6270 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
6272 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6274 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6276 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6278 else if (b
->addr_string
)
6279 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
6284 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6285 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6288 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
6289 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6291 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
6293 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6294 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
6296 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6297 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6298 locations, if any. */
6299 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6301 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6302 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6303 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6306 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6307 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6309 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6310 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6312 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6315 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6317 struct cleanup
*inner2
=
6318 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, NULL
);
6319 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6320 do_cleanups (inner2
);
6327 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6329 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6330 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6332 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6336 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6337 an address to print. */
6338 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& loc
->watchpoint_type
== -1)
6341 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6342 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6343 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6346 return print_address_bits
;
6349 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6355 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
6357 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
6358 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6359 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6363 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
6365 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6373 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
6374 char **error_message
)
6376 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
6379 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6381 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
6382 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
6388 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6389 internal or momentary. */
6392 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6394 return b
->number
> 0;
6397 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6398 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6399 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6400 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6401 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6402 breakpoints listed. */
6405 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
6406 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6408 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6409 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6410 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6411 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
6412 struct value_print_options opts
;
6413 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6414 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6415 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6417 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6419 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6420 required for address fields. */
6421 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6424 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6425 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6428 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6429 accept. Skip the others. */
6430 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6432 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6434 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6438 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6440 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6442 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6443 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6444 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6446 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6447 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6448 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6450 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6454 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6456 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
6457 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6461 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
6462 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6465 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6466 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6467 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6469 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6470 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6472 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, print_type_col_width
, ui_left
,
6473 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6474 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6476 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6477 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6479 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6480 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6482 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6484 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6485 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
,
6486 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6488 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
,
6489 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6491 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6493 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6494 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
6495 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6496 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6501 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6502 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6505 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6506 accept. Skip the others. */
6508 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6510 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6512 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6515 else /* all others */
6517 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6521 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6523 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6524 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6527 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
6529 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6531 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6535 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6536 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6538 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0,
6539 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6545 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6546 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6549 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6550 there have been breakpoints? */
6551 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6553 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6556 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6557 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6560 default_collect_info (void)
6562 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6564 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6565 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6567 if (!*default_collect
)
6570 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6572 ui_out_text (uiout
, "default collect ");
6573 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "default-collect", default_collect
);
6574 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6578 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6580 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6582 default_collect_info ();
6586 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6588 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6589 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6591 if (num_printed
== 0)
6593 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6594 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6596 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6601 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6603 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6605 default_collect_info ();
6609 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6610 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6611 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6613 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6615 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6617 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6618 && bl
->address
== pc
6619 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6625 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6626 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6630 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6631 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6632 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6635 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6638 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6639 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6643 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6644 else /* if (others == ???) */
6645 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6647 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6650 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6651 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6652 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6653 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6654 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6655 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6656 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6657 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6659 : b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
6663 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6665 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6666 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
6667 printf_filtered (".\n");
6672 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6673 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6674 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6675 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6677 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6678 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6679 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6680 breakpoint at address zero:
6688 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6690 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
6692 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
6695 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6696 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6699 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6700 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6702 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6703 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6705 /* Both of them must exist. */
6706 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6707 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
6709 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6710 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6711 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6712 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6713 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6714 other watchpoint. */
6716 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
6718 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
6721 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
6723 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
6727 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6728 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6729 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6730 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6731 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6732 become hw_access locations later. */
6733 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
6734 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
6735 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
6736 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6739 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
6740 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
6741 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
6742 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6745 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6746 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
6748 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6749 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6753 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6754 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6755 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6756 space doesn't really matter. */
6759 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6760 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
6763 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6764 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6765 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
6768 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6769 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6770 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6771 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6774 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6775 struct address_space
*aspace
,
6778 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
6781 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
6782 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
6786 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6787 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6788 true, otherwise returns false. */
6791 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6792 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6794 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6795 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6796 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6797 different locations. */
6798 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
6803 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6804 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6805 represent the same location. */
6808 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6809 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6811 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
6813 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6814 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
6815 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
6817 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
6818 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
6820 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
6823 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6824 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6825 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6827 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6828 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
6829 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
6830 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6834 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
6835 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
6837 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6838 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6842 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
6843 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
6845 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6846 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
6848 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
6851 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6852 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6853 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6854 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6857 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6858 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
6860 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
6862 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6865 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
6866 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
6867 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
6868 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
6869 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
6871 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6872 have their addresses modified. */
6877 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
6879 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6880 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6881 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
6883 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6884 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6886 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
6887 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
6889 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
6894 init_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
, const struct bp_location_ops
*ops
,
6895 struct breakpoint
*owner
)
6897 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
6899 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
6904 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
6905 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
6908 switch (owner
->type
)
6914 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6915 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6917 case bp_exception_resume
:
6918 case bp_step_resume
:
6919 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6920 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6922 case bp_std_terminate
:
6923 case bp_shlib_event
:
6924 case bp_thread_event
:
6925 case bp_overlay_event
:
6927 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6928 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6929 case bp_exception_master
:
6930 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6931 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6933 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
6934 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
6936 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6937 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
6938 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
6940 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6941 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6942 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6943 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
6948 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6949 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6950 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
6953 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6959 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6961 static struct bp_location
*
6962 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6964 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
6968 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
6970 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
6974 /* Increment reference count. */
6977 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6982 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
6983 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
6986 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
6988 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
6990 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
6991 free_bp_location (*blp
);
6995 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
6998 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7000 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7002 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7003 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7005 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7007 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
7016 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7019 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7020 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7022 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7024 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
7026 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7030 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7031 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7032 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7034 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7037 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
7039 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
7040 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
7041 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
7042 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7045 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7046 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7048 static struct breakpoint
*
7049 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7051 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7053 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7055 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7056 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7060 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7061 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7065 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
7067 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7069 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7070 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7071 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7074 const char *function_name
;
7075 CORE_ADDR func_addr
;
7077 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &function_name
,
7078 &func_addr
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
7080 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
7082 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7084 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
7085 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name
,
7086 &loc
->requested_address
))
7088 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7089 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
7090 loc
->requested_address
,
7093 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7094 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7096 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7097 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7098 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7099 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7101 loc
->related_address
= func_addr
;
7106 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7110 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7112 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7115 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7117 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.symtab
->objfile
);
7122 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7123 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7124 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7126 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7127 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7128 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7131 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7132 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7133 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7135 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7137 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7139 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7140 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7142 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7143 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7145 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7146 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7149 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7150 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7151 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7152 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7153 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7154 is also returned as the value of this function.
7156 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7157 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7158 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7159 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7160 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7161 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7162 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7165 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7166 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7167 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7169 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7171 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7172 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7177 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7178 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7180 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7182 struct bp_location
*bl
;
7184 b
->enable_state
= bp_permanent
;
7186 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7187 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7188 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7189 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7190 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7191 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
7195 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7196 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7197 initiated the operation. */
7200 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7202 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7203 int thread
= tp
->num
;
7205 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7206 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7207 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7208 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7209 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7210 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7211 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7212 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7214 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7215 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7217 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7218 after their removal. */
7219 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7220 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
);
7221 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7224 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7227 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7229 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7231 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7233 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7234 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7236 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7237 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7242 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7244 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7246 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7247 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7249 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7250 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7254 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7255 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7256 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7260 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7262 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7265 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7267 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7269 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7270 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
7271 new_b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7273 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7275 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7278 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7279 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7280 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7281 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7287 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7288 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7291 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7292 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7296 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread
)
7298 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7300 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7301 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== thread
)
7303 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7305 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7306 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7307 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7308 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7311 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
);
7313 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7315 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7316 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7317 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7319 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7324 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7326 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7329 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7331 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7332 update_global_location_list (1);
7333 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7338 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7340 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7343 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7345 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7346 update_global_location_list (0);
7347 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7351 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7352 master breakpoint. */
7354 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7356 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7358 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7359 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7360 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7362 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7363 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
7367 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7369 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7371 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7373 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7374 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7375 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7379 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7381 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7383 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7384 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7386 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7387 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7389 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
7391 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7397 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7399 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7401 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7402 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
7403 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7404 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7407 struct lang_and_radix
7413 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7416 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7418 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7420 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7421 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7422 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7426 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7429 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7431 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7433 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7434 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7435 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7436 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7440 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7442 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7444 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7445 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7446 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7447 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7451 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7453 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7455 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7456 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7457 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7461 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7462 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7465 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7467 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7469 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7471 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7472 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7474 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7475 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7476 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7477 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7478 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7479 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7480 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7481 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7482 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7483 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7484 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7485 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7488 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7493 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7494 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7495 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7498 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7500 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7501 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7503 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7504 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7505 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7506 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7507 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
7508 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
7511 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7513 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7514 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7516 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7517 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7518 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7519 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7520 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7521 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7522 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7523 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7524 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7526 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7527 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7528 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7529 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7532 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7533 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7535 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7537 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7538 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7539 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7542 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7547 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7548 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7549 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7552 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7554 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7556 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7559 /* If the file is a shared library not loaded by the user then
7560 solib_unloaded was notified and disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
7561 was called. In that case there is no need to take action again. */
7562 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) && !(objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
))
7567 struct bp_location
*loc
;
7568 int bp_modified
= 0;
7570 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
7573 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
7575 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
7577 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7578 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7581 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
7584 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
7587 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7588 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7591 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
7593 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7596 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7603 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7607 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7609 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7610 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7611 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7612 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7613 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7615 struct fork_catchpoint
7617 /* The base class. */
7618 struct breakpoint base
;
7620 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7621 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7622 catchpoint has triggered. */
7623 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
7626 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7630 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7632 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7635 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7639 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7641 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7644 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7648 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7649 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7650 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7652 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7654 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
7657 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7661 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7664 static enum print_stop_action
7665 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
7667 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7668 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7669 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7671 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7672 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7673 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7675 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7676 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7678 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7679 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
7680 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7682 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7683 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (forked process ");
7684 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7685 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7686 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7689 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7693 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7695 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7696 struct value_print_options opts
;
7697 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7699 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7701 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7702 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7704 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7705 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7707 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
7708 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7710 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
7711 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
7712 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7713 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
7716 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7717 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "fork");
7720 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7724 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7726 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
7729 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7733 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7735 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
7736 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7739 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7741 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
7743 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7747 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7749 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7752 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7756 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7758 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7761 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7765 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7766 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7767 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7769 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7771 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
7774 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7778 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7781 static enum print_stop_action
7782 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
7784 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7785 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7786 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7788 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7789 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7790 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7792 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7793 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7795 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7796 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
7797 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7799 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7800 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (vforked process ");
7801 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7802 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7803 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7806 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7810 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7812 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7813 struct value_print_options opts
;
7814 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7816 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7817 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7818 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7820 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7821 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7823 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
7824 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7826 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
7827 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
7828 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7829 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
7832 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7833 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "vfork");
7836 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7840 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7842 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
7845 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7849 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7851 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
7852 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7855 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7857 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
7859 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7860 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7861 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7862 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7863 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7865 struct solib_catchpoint
7867 /* The base class. */
7868 struct breakpoint base
;
7870 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7871 unsigned char is_load
;
7873 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7874 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7880 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7882 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7885 regfree (&self
->compiled
);
7886 xfree (self
->regex
);
7888 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
7892 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7898 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7904 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7905 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7907 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7909 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7910 struct breakpoint
*other
;
7912 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
7915 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
7917 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
7919 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
7922 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
7925 if (self
->base
.pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->base
.pspace
)
7928 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
7930 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
7939 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
7941 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
7942 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7947 struct so_list
*iter
;
7950 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
7955 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7964 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
7969 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7975 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
7978 static enum print_stop_action
7979 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
7981 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7982 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7984 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7985 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7986 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7988 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7989 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7990 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
7991 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7992 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7993 print_solib_event (1);
7994 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7998 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
8000 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8001 struct value_print_options opts
;
8002 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8005 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8006 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8007 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8009 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8012 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8019 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8021 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8026 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8028 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8030 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", msg
);
8033 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8034 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type",
8035 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8039 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8041 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8043 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
8044 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8048 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8050 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8052 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
8053 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
8054 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8056 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
8057 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
8060 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
8062 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8063 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8064 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8065 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8066 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8067 created in an enabled state. */
8070 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
8072 struct solib_catchpoint
*c
;
8073 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8074 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8078 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
8080 c
= XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint
);
8081 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, c
);
8087 errcode
= regcomp (&c
->compiled
, arg
, REG_NOSUB
);
8090 char *err
= get_regcomp_error (errcode
, &c
->compiled
);
8092 make_cleanup (xfree
, err
);
8093 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err
, arg
);
8095 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
8098 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
8099 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
8100 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
8102 c
->base
.enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8104 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
8105 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8108 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8112 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
8113 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8116 const int enabled
= 1;
8118 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8120 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
8124 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8125 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8127 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8131 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8132 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8134 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8137 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
8138 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8139 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8140 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8141 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8143 struct syscall_catchpoint
8145 /* The base class. */
8146 struct breakpoint base
;
8148 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
8149 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
8150 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
8151 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
8152 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught
;
8155 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8159 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8161 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8163 VEC_free (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
8165 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8168 static const struct inferior_data
*catch_syscall_inferior_data
= NULL
;
8170 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8172 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8173 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8174 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8176 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8177 int any_syscall_count
;
8179 /* Count of each system call. */
8180 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts
;
8182 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8183 if any catching is necessary. */
8184 int total_syscalls_count
;
8187 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*
8188 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior
*inf
)
8190 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
;
8192 inf_data
= inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
8193 if (inf_data
== NULL
)
8195 inf_data
= XZALLOC (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
8196 set_inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
, inf_data
);
8203 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior
*inf
, void *arg
)
8209 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8213 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8215 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8216 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8217 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8218 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8220 ++inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8221 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8222 ++inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8228 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8233 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8235 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
8236 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8237 = old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8239 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
8240 vec_addr
= ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8241 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
)
8243 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
8244 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
8246 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8247 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
8251 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
),
8252 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8253 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8255 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8257 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8260 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8264 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8266 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8267 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8268 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8269 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8271 --inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8272 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8273 --inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8279 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8283 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8284 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8286 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8287 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
8291 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
),
8292 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8293 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8295 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8297 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8300 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8304 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8305 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8306 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8308 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8309 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8310 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8311 int syscall_number
= 0;
8312 const struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
8313 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8315 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8316 && ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN
)
8319 syscall_number
= ws
->value
.syscall_number
;
8321 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8322 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8327 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8329 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
8339 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8342 static enum print_stop_action
8343 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs
)
8345 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8346 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8347 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8348 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8349 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8350 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8352 struct target_waitstatus last
;
8355 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
8357 get_syscall_by_number (last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
8359 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8361 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8362 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8364 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8365 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8367 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8368 async_reason_lookup (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8369 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8370 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN
));
8371 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8373 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8375 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
8376 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (call to syscall ");
8378 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (returned from syscall ");
8380 if (s
.name
== NULL
|| ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8381 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "syscall-number", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
8383 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "syscall-name", s
.name
);
8385 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8387 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8390 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8394 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8395 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8397 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8398 struct value_print_options opts
;
8399 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8401 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8402 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8403 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8405 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8406 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8409 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
8410 && VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8411 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
8413 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
8415 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8418 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8421 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8426 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8429 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
8431 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
8433 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8434 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8438 /* Remove the last comma. */
8439 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
8440 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
8443 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
8444 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8446 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8447 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "syscall");
8450 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8454 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8456 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8458 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8462 if (VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8463 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
8465 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
8468 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8472 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8475 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
8477 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
8479 printf_filtered (")");
8482 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8486 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8490 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8492 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8494 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch syscall");
8496 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8501 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8506 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8508 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", s
.name
);
8510 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %d", s
.number
);
8513 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8516 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8518 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
8520 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8523 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8525 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
8528 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8529 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8530 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8531 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8534 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8535 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8537 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8539 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8542 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8544 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8546 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8547 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8551 install_breakpoint (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
, int update_gll
)
8553 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8554 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8555 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8556 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8559 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8562 update_global_location_list (1);
8566 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8567 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
8568 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8570 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint
);
8572 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8574 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8576 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8579 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8581 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8582 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8583 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8584 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8585 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8587 struct exec_catchpoint
8589 /* The base class. */
8590 struct breakpoint base
;
8592 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8593 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8595 char *exec_pathname
;
8598 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8602 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8604 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8606 xfree (c
->exec_pathname
);
8608 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8612 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8614 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8618 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8620 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8624 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8625 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8626 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8628 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8630 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8633 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8637 static enum print_stop_action
8638 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8640 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8641 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8642 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8644 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8645 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8646 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8648 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8649 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8651 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8652 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8653 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8655 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8656 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (exec'd ");
8657 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8658 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8660 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8664 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8666 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8667 struct value_print_options opts
;
8668 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8670 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8672 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8673 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8674 is relatively readable). */
8675 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8676 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8678 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
8679 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8681 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
8682 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8683 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8686 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8687 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "exec");
8691 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8693 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8696 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8700 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8702 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8703 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8706 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8709 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
8710 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8712 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
;
8713 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8715 c
= XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint
);
8716 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
8717 c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
8719 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8723 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8726 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8727 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8731 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8732 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8734 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8736 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8743 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8747 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8750 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8752 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8755 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8757 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8759 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8765 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8766 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8767 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8768 types _not_ TYPE. */
8771 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8772 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8775 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8777 *other_type_used
= 0;
8782 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8785 if (b
->type
== type
)
8786 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8787 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8788 *other_type_used
= 1;
8795 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8797 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8801 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8803 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8804 update_global_location_list (0);
8810 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8812 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8816 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8818 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8819 update_global_location_list (1);
8825 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8827 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8828 update_global_location_list (0);
8832 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8834 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8835 breakpoint_re_set ();
8839 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8840 at address specified by SAL.
8841 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8844 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8845 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8847 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8849 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8851 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8853 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8854 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8855 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8856 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8858 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8859 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8861 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
8862 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
8864 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8869 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8870 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8873 static struct breakpoint
*
8874 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8876 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8878 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8880 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8881 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8882 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
8884 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8885 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8886 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8887 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8888 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8889 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8890 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8891 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8892 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8893 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8894 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8896 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8897 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8898 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8900 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
8904 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8908 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8910 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8914 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
);
8918 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8921 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8923 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8925 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8926 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8928 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8932 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8935 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8937 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8938 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
8940 printf_filtered ("\n");
8944 static struct bp_location
*
8945 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8946 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8948 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8949 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8950 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8952 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8953 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8955 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8956 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8957 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8958 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8959 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8960 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8961 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8964 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8965 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
8966 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
8967 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8972 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
8973 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8974 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
8975 loc
->probe
= sal
->probe
;
8976 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8977 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
8978 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8979 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
8980 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
8982 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
8983 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
8988 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8989 return 0 otherwise. */
8992 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8996 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
8997 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
8998 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9001 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
9003 addr
= loc
->address
;
9004 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
9006 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
9010 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
9012 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
9013 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
9014 breakpoints they are permanent. */
9015 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
9017 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
9018 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
9020 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
9021 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
9024 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9029 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9030 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9033 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9035 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
9036 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
9041 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9043 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9045 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
9047 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9049 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
9050 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9052 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
9053 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9054 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
9056 if (!dprintf_function
)
9057 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9059 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
9060 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9065 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9069 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
9071 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9072 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9075 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9076 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9080 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9081 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9083 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
9084 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9086 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
9087 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
9089 printf_cmd_line
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
9090 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
9091 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
9092 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
9093 printf_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
9094 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
9096 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, printf_cmd_line
);
9100 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9101 current style settings. */
9104 update_dprintf_commands (char *args
, int from_tty
,
9105 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
9107 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9111 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
9112 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9116 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
9117 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
9118 as condition expression. */
9121 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9122 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
9123 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9125 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9126 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9127 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9128 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9129 int display_canonical
)
9133 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9135 int target_resources_ok
;
9137 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9138 target_resources_ok
=
9139 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9141 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9142 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9143 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9144 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9147 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
9149 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
9151 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
9152 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9156 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9158 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
9160 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
9161 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
9166 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
9170 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9171 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9172 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9173 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9174 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
9176 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9177 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
9179 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
9181 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
9182 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
9184 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
9186 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9187 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9188 char *p
= &addr_string
[3];
9192 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9194 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9196 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9197 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
9199 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9201 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9203 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
9205 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
9206 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
9208 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9210 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9213 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9214 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9221 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
9222 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9226 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
9227 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
9231 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
9233 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
9234 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
9236 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
9239 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9240 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9241 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
9243 if (b
->extra_string
)
9244 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9246 error (_("Format string required"));
9248 else if (b
->extra_string
)
9249 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
9252 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
9254 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
9256 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9259 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
9264 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9265 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
9266 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9268 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9269 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9270 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9271 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9272 int display_canonical
)
9274 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9275 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9277 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
9279 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9281 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9285 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9287 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, b
);
9289 init_breakpoint_sal (b
, gdbarch
,
9291 filter
, cond_string
, extra_string
,
9293 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9295 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9297 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
9299 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9302 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9303 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9304 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9305 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9306 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9307 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9308 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9309 we take just a single condition string.
9311 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9312 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9313 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9314 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9315 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9318 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9319 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
9320 char *cond_string
, char *extra_string
,
9321 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9322 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9323 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9324 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9327 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9329 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9330 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
) == 1);
9332 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, i
, lsal
); ++i
)
9334 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9335 'break', without arguments. */
9336 char *addr_string
= (canonical
->addr_string
9337 ? xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
)
9339 char *filter_string
= lsal
->canonical
? xstrdup (lsal
->canonical
) : NULL
;
9340 struct cleanup
*inner
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
9342 make_cleanup (xfree
, filter_string
);
9343 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
->sals
,
9346 cond_string
, extra_string
,
9348 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9349 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9350 canonical
->special_display
);
9351 discard_cleanups (inner
);
9355 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9356 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9357 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9358 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9360 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9361 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9364 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
9365 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9367 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9369 if ((*address
) == NULL
9370 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
9372 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9374 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9376 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9377 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9380 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9381 lsal
.sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
9382 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
9384 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9385 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9386 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9387 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9388 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9389 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
9391 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9393 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9394 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9395 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9396 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9397 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9399 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9401 lsal
.sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
9402 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9403 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9405 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
9408 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9412 struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9414 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9415 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9416 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9417 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9419 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9420 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9421 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9423 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address
)[0]) != NULL
)
9424 && ((*address
)[1] != '['))))
9425 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9426 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9427 get_last_displayed_line (),
9428 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9430 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9431 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9436 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9437 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9440 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9444 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9445 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
9448 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9449 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9450 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9451 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9452 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9456 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9457 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9460 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
9462 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9464 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9466 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9468 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
9470 sarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9471 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9472 associated with SAL. */
9475 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
->pc
,
9477 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
9480 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9481 paddress (sarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
9483 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9487 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9489 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9490 invalid_thread_id_error (int id
)
9492 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id
);
9495 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9496 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9497 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9498 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9499 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9500 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9503 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9504 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9507 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9514 const char *end_tok
;
9516 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9517 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9519 tok
= skip_spaces_const (tok
);
9521 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9523 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9527 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
9529 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9531 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9533 struct expression
*expr
;
9535 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9536 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9539 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9541 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9546 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9548 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9549 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
9550 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread
);
9553 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9558 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9560 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9561 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9562 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9567 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9571 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9575 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9577 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9578 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p
)
9580 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
9581 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9582 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9583 char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9588 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9590 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9592 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9593 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
9595 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
9596 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
9597 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
9599 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
9600 sals
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof *sals
.sals
* sals
.nelts
);
9602 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
9604 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
9606 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
9608 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
9610 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
9611 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
9613 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
9616 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9622 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9623 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9624 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_ARG parameter. If
9625 non-zero, the function will parse ARG, extracting location,
9626 condition, thread and extra string. Otherwise, ARG is just the
9627 breakpoint's location, with condition, thread, and extra string
9628 specified by the COND_STRING, THREAD and EXTRA_STRING parameters.
9629 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be allocated
9630 from the internal breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint
9631 was created; false otherwise. */
9634 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9635 char *arg
, char *cond_string
,
9636 int thread
, char *extra_string
,
9638 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9640 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9641 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9642 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9645 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
9646 char *copy_arg
= NULL
;
9647 char *addr_start
= arg
;
9648 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9649 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9650 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9653 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9655 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9657 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9659 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
9661 ops
->create_sals_from_address (&arg
, &canonical
, type_wanted
,
9662 addr_start
, ©_arg
);
9665 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9669 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
))
9675 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
9677 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9680 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9681 throw_exception (e
);
9683 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9685 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9686 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9687 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9688 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9689 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9692 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9693 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9694 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9695 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9697 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9699 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
9700 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (copy_arg
);
9701 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9702 lsal
.sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
9703 init_sal (&lsal
.sals
.sals
[0]);
9705 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, &lsal
);
9709 throw_exception (e
);
9713 throw_exception (e
);
9716 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9717 old_chain
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9719 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9720 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9721 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9722 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9723 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
9725 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9726 are ok for the target. */
9730 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9732 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9733 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter
->sals
);
9736 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9737 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9740 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9742 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9743 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &iter
->sals
);
9746 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9747 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9754 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9756 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
9758 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9759 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9760 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9761 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9763 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, lsal
->sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
9764 &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9766 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9768 make_cleanup (xfree
, rest
);
9770 extra_string
= rest
;
9775 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), arg
);
9777 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9780 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9781 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9783 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9786 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9787 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9791 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
9792 cond_string
, extra_string
, type_wanted
,
9793 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9794 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9795 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9799 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9801 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
9803 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted
))
9805 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9807 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9811 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9813 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9815 b
->addr_string
= copy_arg
;
9817 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9820 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9823 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9824 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9826 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9828 b
->extra_string
= NULL
;
9829 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9830 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9831 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9832 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9833 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9834 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9835 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9837 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9840 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 1)
9842 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9843 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9844 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9847 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9849 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
9850 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9851 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9853 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9854 update_global_location_list (1);
9859 /* Set a breakpoint.
9860 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9861 condition, and thread.
9862 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9863 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9867 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9869 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9870 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9871 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9873 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9874 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
9876 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9877 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
) != NULL
)
9878 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9880 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9882 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9884 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9885 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9886 0 /* Ignore count */,
9887 pending_break_support
,
9895 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9898 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9902 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9904 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9905 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9906 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
9909 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9910 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9911 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9912 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9915 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9917 struct blockvector
*bv
;
9921 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
, sal
->symtab
);
9924 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9927 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile
);
9928 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sal
->symtab
->objfile
, sym
);
9932 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9933 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9934 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9935 happen in assembly source). */
9937 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym
;
9938 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
9940 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9942 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9944 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
9946 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9953 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9955 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9959 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9961 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9965 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9967 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9971 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9973 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9977 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9979 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9980 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9981 stop at <line>\n"));
9985 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9989 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
9991 else if (*arg
!= '*')
9996 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9997 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9998 function/method name. */
9999 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
10001 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10006 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
10008 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
10012 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
10014 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10018 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10022 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
10026 char *argptr
= arg
;
10029 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
10030 it is probably a line number. */
10031 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
10033 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10038 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
10040 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
10044 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
10046 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10049 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
10050 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
10051 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
10055 dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10057 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10059 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
10061 0 /* Ignore count */,
10062 pending_break_support
,
10063 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
10071 agent_printf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10073 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10076 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10077 ranged breakpoints. */
10080 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10081 struct address_space
*aspace
,
10083 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10085 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10086 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10089 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
10090 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
10093 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10094 ranged breakpoints. */
10097 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10099 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10102 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10103 ranged breakpoints. */
10105 static enum print_stop_action
10106 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
10108 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10109 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10110 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10112 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10114 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10115 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10117 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
10118 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
10119 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
10121 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
10122 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10124 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
10125 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
10126 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
10128 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
10129 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
10131 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
10134 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10135 ranged breakpoints. */
10138 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10139 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
10141 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10142 struct value_print_options opts
;
10143 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10145 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10146 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10148 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
10150 if (opts
.addressprint
)
10151 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10152 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10153 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
10154 annotate_field (5);
10155 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
10159 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10160 ranged breakpoints. */
10163 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10164 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10166 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
10167 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10168 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10169 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10173 address_start
= bl
->address
;
10174 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
10176 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\taddress range: ");
10177 fprintf_unfiltered (stb
, "[%s, %s]",
10178 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
10179 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
10180 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "addr", stb
);
10181 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10183 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10186 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10187 ranged breakpoints. */
10190 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10192 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10193 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10196 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10198 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10201 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10202 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
10203 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
10206 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10207 ranged breakpoints. */
10210 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10212 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s", b
->addr_string
,
10213 b
->addr_string_range_end
);
10214 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10217 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10219 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
10221 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10222 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10223 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10224 last instruction of the given line. */
10227 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10231 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10232 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10233 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
10240 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
10242 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10244 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10251 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10254 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10256 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
, *addr_string_end
;
10257 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
10258 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
10260 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10261 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
10262 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
10263 struct linespec_sals
*lsal_start
, *lsal_end
;
10265 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10266 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10267 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10269 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10270 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10271 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
10273 if (can_use_bp
< 0)
10274 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10276 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10277 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
10278 error(_("No address range specified."));
10280 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10283 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg
, &canonical_start
);
10285 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10288 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10289 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
))
10290 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10292 lsal_start
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
, 0);
10294 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
) > 1
10295 || lsal_start
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10296 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10298 sal_start
= lsal_start
->sals
.sals
[0];
10299 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10300 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
10302 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
10303 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10305 /* Parse the end location. */
10307 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10310 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10311 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10312 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10313 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10314 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10315 decode_line_full (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
10316 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10317 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10319 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10321 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
))
10322 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10324 lsal_end
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
, 0);
10325 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
) > 1
10326 || lsal_end
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10327 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10329 sal_end
= lsal_end
->sals
.sals
[0];
10330 addr_string_end
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10331 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_end
);
10333 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10334 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10335 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10337 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10339 /* Length overflowed. */
10340 error (_("Address range too large."));
10341 else if (length
== 1)
10343 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10344 the `hbreak' command. */
10345 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
10347 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10352 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10353 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10354 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10355 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10356 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10357 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10358 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (addr_string_start
);
10359 b
->addr_string_range_end
= xstrdup (addr_string_end
);
10360 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10362 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10365 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10366 update_global_location_list (1);
10369 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10370 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10371 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10375 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10377 int i
= exp
->nelts
;
10383 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10384 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
10387 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
10397 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10398 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10399 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10400 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10401 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10403 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10432 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10435 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10436 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10441 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10442 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10443 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10444 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10445 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10446 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10447 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10449 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10450 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10455 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10457 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10458 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10459 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10460 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10462 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10463 are always constant. */
10465 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10467 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10468 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10469 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10474 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10475 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10476 then it is not a constant. */
10485 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10488 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*self
)
10490 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) self
;
10492 xfree (w
->cond_exp
);
10494 xfree (w
->exp_string
);
10495 xfree (w
->exp_string_reparse
);
10496 value_free (w
->val
);
10498 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
10501 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10504 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10506 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10508 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10509 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10511 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10512 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10513 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10514 are loaded and unloaded.
10516 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10517 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10518 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10519 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10520 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10521 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10523 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10524 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10525 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10526 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10528 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10529 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10531 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10532 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10533 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10536 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10539 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10541 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10542 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10544 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10548 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10551 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10553 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10554 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10556 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10561 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10562 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10563 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10565 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10566 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10568 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10569 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10570 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10571 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10572 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10573 (did not match the data address). */
10574 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10575 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10582 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10584 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10586 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10589 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10590 hardware watchpoints. */
10593 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10595 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10596 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10598 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10601 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10602 hardware watchpoints. */
10605 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10607 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10608 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10611 static enum print_stop_action
10612 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10614 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10615 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10616 struct ui_file
*stb
;
10617 enum print_stop_action result
;
10618 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10619 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10621 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10623 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10624 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10626 stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10627 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10631 case bp_watchpoint
:
10632 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10633 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10634 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10635 ui_out_field_string
10637 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10639 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10640 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10641 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10642 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10643 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10644 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10645 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10646 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10647 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10648 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10651 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10652 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10653 ui_out_field_string
10655 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10657 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10658 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10659 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10660 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
10661 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10662 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10665 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10666 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10668 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10669 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10670 ui_out_field_string
10672 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10674 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10675 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10676 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10677 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10678 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10683 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10684 ui_out_field_string
10686 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10687 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10688 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10690 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10691 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10692 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10693 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10696 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10699 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10703 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10707 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10709 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10710 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10711 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10715 case bp_watchpoint
:
10716 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
10717 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10719 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10720 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10721 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10723 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10724 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10725 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10727 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10728 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10729 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10732 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10733 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10736 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10737 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10738 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10739 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10742 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10746 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10748 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10752 case bp_watchpoint
:
10753 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10754 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10756 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10757 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10759 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10760 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10763 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10764 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10767 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10768 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10771 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10774 static enum bpstat_signal_value
10775 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
10777 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10778 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10779 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10780 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_NO
;
10782 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE
;
10785 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10787 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10789 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10790 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10793 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10795 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10797 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10798 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10801 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10802 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10805 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10807 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10809 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10810 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10813 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10814 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10817 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10819 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10821 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10824 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10825 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10828 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10833 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10834 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10836 static enum print_stop_action
10837 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10839 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10840 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10842 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10843 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10847 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10848 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10849 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10850 ui_out_field_string
10852 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10855 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10856 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10857 ui_out_field_string
10859 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10862 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10863 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10864 ui_out_field_string
10866 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10869 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10870 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10874 ui_out_text (uiout
, _("\n\
10875 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10876 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10877 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10879 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10880 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10883 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10884 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10887 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10888 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10890 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10892 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10893 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10895 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmask ");
10896 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10897 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10900 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10901 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10904 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10906 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10907 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10908 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10912 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10913 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10914 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10916 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10917 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10918 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10920 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10921 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10922 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10925 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10926 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10929 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10930 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10931 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10932 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10935 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10936 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10939 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10941 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10946 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10947 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10949 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10950 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10952 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10953 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10956 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10957 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10960 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10961 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
10962 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10965 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10967 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10969 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10972 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10974 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10977 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10978 hw_read: watch read,
10979 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10981 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
10982 int just_location
, int internal
)
10984 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
10985 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
10986 struct expression
*exp
;
10987 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10988 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
10989 struct frame_info
*frame
;
10990 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
10991 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
10992 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
10994 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
10995 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
10996 enum bptype bp_type
;
10999 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
11000 the hardware watchpoint. */
11002 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
11003 struct watchpoint
*w
;
11005 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
11007 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
11008 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
11010 const char *value_start
;
11012 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
11014 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
11015 of the arguments string. */
11016 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
11018 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
11019 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11022 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
11023 This is the value of the parameter. */
11024 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11026 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
11028 /* Skip whitespace. */
11029 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11034 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
11035 This is the parameter itself. */
11036 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11039 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
11041 if (toklen
== 6 && !strncmp (tok
, "thread", 6))
11043 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
11044 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
11045 only in a specific thread. */
11049 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
11051 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
11052 thread
= strtol (value_start
, &endp
, 0);
11054 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
11056 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
11057 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start
);
11059 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
11060 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
11061 invalid_thread_id_error (thread
);
11063 else if (toklen
== 4 && !strncmp (tok
, "mask", 4))
11065 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11066 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11068 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
11071 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11073 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
11075 mark
= value_mark ();
11076 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
11077 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
11078 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11081 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11084 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11085 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11092 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11093 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11095 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11096 expression
= savestring (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
11097 back_to
= make_cleanup (xfree
, expression
);
11098 exp_start
= arg
= expression
;
11099 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
11101 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11102 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11104 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
11107 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11108 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
))
11112 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
11113 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
11115 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
11118 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11119 mark
= value_mark ();
11120 fetch_subexp_value (exp
, &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
, just_location
);
11126 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11127 val
= value_addr (result
);
11128 release_value (val
);
11129 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11133 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
11136 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11137 else if (ret
== -2)
11138 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11141 else if (val
!= NULL
)
11142 release_value (val
);
11144 tok
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11145 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
11147 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
11148 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
11150 struct expression
*cond
;
11152 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11153 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
11154 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
11156 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11157 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11158 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11164 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11166 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
11168 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11169 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11170 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11171 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11172 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
11174 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
11177 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11178 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
11179 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
11180 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
11182 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11184 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11185 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
11187 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11188 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11190 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11191 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
11192 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11193 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
11194 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11195 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
11196 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
11197 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
11198 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
11202 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11203 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11204 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11205 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11207 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
11208 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
11209 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
11210 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
11212 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
11214 w
= XCNEW (struct watchpoint
);
11217 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11218 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11220 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11221 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11222 b
->thread
= thread
;
11223 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
11224 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
11226 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
11227 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
11230 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
11231 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
11234 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
11235 name
= type_to_string (t
);
11237 w
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
,
11238 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
11241 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11242 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
11244 /* The above expression is in C. */
11245 b
->language
= language_c
;
11248 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
11252 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
11261 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
11263 b
->cond_string
= 0;
11267 w
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
11268 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
11272 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
11273 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
11276 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11278 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11279 need to act on them together. */
11280 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
11281 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
11284 if (!just_location
)
11285 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11287 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
11289 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11290 that should be inserted. */
11291 update_watchpoint (w
, 1);
11295 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11296 throw_exception (e
);
11299 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 1);
11300 do_cleanups (back_to
);
11303 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11304 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11307 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
11309 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
11310 struct value
*head
= v
;
11312 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11313 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
11316 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11317 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11318 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11319 hardware watchpoint.
11321 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11322 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11323 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11324 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11325 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11326 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11327 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11328 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11329 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11331 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11332 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11333 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11334 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11335 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
11337 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
11339 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
11340 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11341 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11342 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11343 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11344 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11348 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11349 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11350 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
11352 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11353 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11354 middle of some value chain. */
11356 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11357 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
11359 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
11363 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
11364 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
11365 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
11367 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
11371 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
11375 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
11376 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
11377 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11378 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
11379 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11382 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11383 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11384 return found_memory_cnt
;
11388 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11390 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11393 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11394 calls watch_command_1. */
11397 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
11399 int just_location
= 0;
11402 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11403 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11405 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11409 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
11413 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11415 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11419 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11421 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11425 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11427 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11431 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11433 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11437 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11439 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11443 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11444 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11446 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11448 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11449 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
11453 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11454 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11455 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11458 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
, int err
)
11460 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
11462 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
11463 if (a
->breakpoint2
)
11464 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
11465 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a
->thread_num
);
11469 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11471 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11472 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11473 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11474 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11475 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11476 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11477 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11478 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
11479 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11481 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11483 clear_proceed_status ();
11485 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11488 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11489 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11490 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11491 get_last_displayed_line ());
11493 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11494 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
11496 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
11497 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11499 sal
= sals
.sals
[0];
11500 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11503 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11505 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11507 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11510 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11512 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11513 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11514 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11517 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11518 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11519 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11520 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11522 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11525 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11527 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11529 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11530 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11531 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11535 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
11537 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11538 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11541 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11545 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11546 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11547 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11548 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11550 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11551 only at the very same frame. */
11552 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11553 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11554 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
11556 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
11558 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11559 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11560 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11561 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11563 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
11565 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
11566 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
11568 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
11569 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
11570 args
->thread_num
= thread
;
11572 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11573 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11574 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
11578 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
11581 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11582 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11584 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11585 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11586 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11587 if clause in the arg string. */
11590 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
11594 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11597 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11600 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11601 condition string. */
11602 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11603 cond_string
= *arg
;
11605 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11607 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11609 return cond_string
;
11612 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11613 process start/exit, etc. */
11617 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11618 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11623 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11624 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11626 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11627 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11628 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11631 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11632 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11633 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11637 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11639 /* The allowed syntax is:
11641 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11643 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11644 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11646 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11647 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11649 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11650 and enable reporting of such events. */
11653 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11654 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11655 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11656 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11658 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11659 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11660 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11661 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11664 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11670 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11671 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11673 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
;
11674 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11676 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11678 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11682 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11684 /* The allowed syntax is:
11686 catch exec if <cond>
11688 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11689 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11691 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11692 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11694 c
= XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint
);
11695 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11696 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11697 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11699 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
11703 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11704 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11705 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11707 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11714 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11716 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11718 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11719 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11720 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11721 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11722 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11723 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11724 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11725 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11726 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11727 enough for now, though. */
11730 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11732 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
11733 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11734 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
11735 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11738 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11739 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11741 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
11743 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
11744 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result
);
11746 while (*arg
!= '\0')
11748 int i
, syscall_number
;
11750 char cur_name
[128];
11753 /* Skip whitespace. */
11754 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11756 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
11757 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
11758 cur_name
[i
] = '\0';
11761 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11762 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
11763 if (*endptr
== '\0')
11764 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number
, &s
);
11767 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11769 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name
, &s
);
11771 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
11772 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11773 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11774 syscall number to be caught. */
11775 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
11778 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11779 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
11782 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
11786 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11789 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11790 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11795 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11797 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11798 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
11799 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11800 this architecture yet."));
11802 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11804 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11806 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11807 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11808 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11809 for his/her architecture. */
11810 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s
);
11812 /* The allowed syntax is:
11814 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11816 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11819 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
11823 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
11824 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
11828 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11830 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11835 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11837 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11840 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11843 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
11845 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= a
;
11846 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
11847 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= b
;
11848 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
11850 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
11852 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
11855 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11859 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11862 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11865 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11867 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
11868 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
11871 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11872 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11874 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11878 sals
= decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11879 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11880 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11881 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11886 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
11887 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
11888 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11889 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11891 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11892 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11893 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11894 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
11895 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
11896 error (_("No source file specified."));
11898 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
11904 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11905 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11906 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11907 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11909 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11910 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11911 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11912 due to optimization, all in one block.
11914 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11915 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11916 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11917 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11918 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11919 to support that. */
11921 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11922 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11923 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11927 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
11928 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
11930 const char *sal_fullname
;
11932 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11933 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11934 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11937 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11942 1 0 <can't happen> */
11944 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
11945 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
11946 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
11948 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11949 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11952 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11953 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
11955 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
11956 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11958 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11959 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11960 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
11962 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
11963 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
11964 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
11965 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
11966 int line_match
= 0;
11968 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
11969 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
11970 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
11971 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
11972 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
11973 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
11974 sal_fullname
) == 0)
11977 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
11986 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
11990 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11991 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
11994 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
11996 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11999 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12000 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12001 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12002 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
12003 compare_breakpoints
);
12004 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
12005 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
12009 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
12014 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
12015 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12018 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
12019 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12021 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12024 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
12027 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
12028 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12031 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12033 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12036 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12037 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12038 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12041 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
12043 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
12045 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12046 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
12047 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
12049 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
12051 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
12053 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
12054 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12058 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12059 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12060 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12061 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
12062 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12063 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12066 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
12068 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
12069 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
12070 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
12071 int a_perm
= a
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
12072 int b_perm
= b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
12074 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
12075 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
12077 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12078 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12081 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
12082 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
12083 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
12085 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12086 if (a_perm
!= b_perm
)
12087 return (a_perm
< b_perm
) - (a_perm
> b_perm
);
12089 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12090 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12091 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12093 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
12094 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
12095 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
12097 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
12100 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12101 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12102 content of the bp_location array. */
12105 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12107 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
12109 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
12110 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
12112 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
12114 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
12116 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
12119 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
12120 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
12122 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
12123 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
12124 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
12125 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
12127 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12129 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
12130 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
12131 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
12132 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
12136 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12139 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12141 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12142 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
12144 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12147 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
12149 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12151 struct bp_location
*bl
;
12152 struct tracepoint
*t
;
12153 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
12155 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
12156 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12157 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
12160 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
12162 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12163 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12164 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12165 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
12168 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
12170 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
12173 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
12175 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12176 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
12177 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
12178 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
12181 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
12184 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12187 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
12189 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
12190 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
12191 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
12192 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
12194 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12195 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
12196 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
12197 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
12198 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
12200 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
12201 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
12202 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
12203 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
12204 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
12205 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
12206 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
12207 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
12210 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12211 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12212 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12216 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12218 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
12219 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12220 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
12223 address
= bl
->address
;
12224 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
12226 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12227 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12228 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12230 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12231 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12234 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12235 the same program space as the location
12236 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12237 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12238 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
12242 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
12243 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
12246 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12247 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12248 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12249 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12250 that have already been marked. */
12251 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
12253 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12255 if (loc
->cond_bytecode
)
12257 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
12258 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
12263 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12264 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12265 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12266 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12267 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12268 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12269 returns true on them.
12271 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12272 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12273 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12274 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12275 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12276 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12279 update_global_location_list (int should_insert
)
12281 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12282 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
12283 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12284 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12285 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
12286 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12287 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
12289 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12290 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12291 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12292 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12293 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12295 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
12296 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
12297 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
12298 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
12300 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12301 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12302 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
12303 unsigned old_location_count
;
12305 old_location
= bp_location
;
12306 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
12307 bp_location
= NULL
;
12308 bp_location_count
= 0;
12309 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
12311 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12312 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12313 bp_location_count
++;
12315 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
12316 locp
= bp_location
;
12317 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12318 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12320 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
12321 bp_location_compare
);
12323 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12325 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12326 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12327 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12328 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12329 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12332 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12333 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12335 locp
= bp_location
;
12336 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
12339 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
12340 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
12342 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12343 not, we have to free it. */
12344 int found_object
= 0;
12345 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12346 int keep_in_target
= 0;
12349 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12350 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12351 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12352 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
12356 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12357 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12360 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12361 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12362 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12364 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
12365 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
12366 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
12368 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
12369 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
12372 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
12376 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12377 have to go through updates again. */
12378 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
12380 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12382 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
12384 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12385 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12386 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12387 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12388 at certain location is not inserted. */
12390 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
12392 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12395 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
12397 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12398 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12399 keep_in_target
= 1;
12403 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12404 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12405 remove its target-side condition. */
12407 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12408 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12409 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12410 this one from the target. */
12412 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12413 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
12416 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12417 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12420 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
12422 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
12424 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12425 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12426 supported, but the latter are. */
12427 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12429 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
12430 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
12433 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12434 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12436 if (loc2
!= old_loc
12437 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
12439 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
12440 keep_in_target
= 1;
12448 if (!keep_in_target
)
12450 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
12452 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12453 this location on the global list, and try to
12454 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12455 reason why we will succeed next time.
12457 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12458 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12459 only after calling us. */
12460 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12461 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12462 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
12470 if (removed
&& non_stop
12471 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
)
12472 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12474 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12475 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12476 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12477 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12478 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12479 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12480 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12481 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12482 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12483 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12484 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12485 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12486 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12487 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12490 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12491 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12493 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12494 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12495 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12496 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12497 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12498 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12499 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12500 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12501 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12502 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12503 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12504 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12505 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12508 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12509 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12510 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12511 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12513 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12514 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12515 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12516 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12517 traps we can no longer explain. */
12519 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12520 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12522 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12526 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12527 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12532 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12533 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12534 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12535 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12536 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12537 are sorted first for the same address.
12539 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12540 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12542 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12543 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12544 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12545 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12546 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12548 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12550 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12553 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12554 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12555 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12556 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12557 `struct bp_location'. */
12558 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12560 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12561 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12565 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12566 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
12567 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12568 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12569 "actually inserted"));
12571 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12572 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12573 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12574 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12575 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12576 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12578 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12580 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12581 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12582 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12584 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12585 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12587 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12589 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12590 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12591 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12597 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12598 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12599 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12601 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12602 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12604 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12605 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12607 if ((*loc_first_p
)->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& loc
->inserted
12608 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
12609 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12610 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12611 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12614 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12615 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12616 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))))
12619 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12622 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12623 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12624 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12626 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12631 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12633 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12637 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12639 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12642 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12643 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12645 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12646 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12652 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting
)
12654 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
12656 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12657 update_global_location_list (inserting
);
12660 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12663 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12667 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12668 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12670 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12671 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12672 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12676 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12678 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12680 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
12682 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12686 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12690 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12692 struct value_print_options opts
;
12694 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12696 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12698 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12700 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
12704 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12706 printf_filtered (" at ");
12707 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12710 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12712 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12714 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12715 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12716 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
),
12717 b
->loc
->line_number
);
12719 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12720 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12721 real situation somewhat. */
12722 printf_filtered (": %s.", b
->addr_string
);
12727 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12729 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12731 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12736 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12739 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
12741 xfree (self
->cond
);
12742 if (self
->cond_bytecode
)
12743 free_agent_expr (self
->cond_bytecode
);
12744 xfree (self
->function_name
);
12747 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
12752 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12756 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12758 decref_counted_command_line (&self
->commands
);
12759 xfree (self
->cond_string
);
12760 xfree (self
->extra_string
);
12761 xfree (self
->addr_string
);
12762 xfree (self
->filter
);
12763 xfree (self
->addr_string_range_end
);
12766 static struct bp_location
*
12767 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12769 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12771 loc
= XNEW (struct bp_location
);
12772 init_bp_location (loc
, &bp_location_ops
, self
);
12777 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12779 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12782 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12783 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12786 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12788 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12792 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12794 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12798 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12799 struct address_space
*aspace
,
12801 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12803 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12807 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12812 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12816 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12818 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12821 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12825 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12827 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12830 static enum print_stop_action
12831 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12833 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12837 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12838 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12844 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12846 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12850 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12852 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12856 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
12857 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12858 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12862 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12866 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12867 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12869 char *extra_string
,
12870 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12871 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12873 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12874 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12875 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12876 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12878 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12882 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
12883 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
12885 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12888 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12890 static enum bpstat_signal_value
12891 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
12893 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE
;
12896 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12899 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
12901 /* Nothing to do. */
12904 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12906 base_breakpoint_dtor
,
12907 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12908 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12909 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12910 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12911 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12912 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12913 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
12914 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
12915 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
12917 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
12918 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
12919 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
12920 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address
,
12921 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12922 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec
,
12923 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
12924 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
12927 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12930 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12932 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12933 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
12935 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12936 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12940 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12944 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12946 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12947 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
12950 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
12955 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12957 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12958 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12960 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12964 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12965 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12966 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12968 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12969 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
12972 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
12976 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
12977 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
12978 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
12985 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12987 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
12992 static enum print_stop_action
12993 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12995 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12996 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
12998 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13000 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
13002 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
13003 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13005 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
13006 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
13007 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
13010 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
13012 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
13014 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
13015 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13017 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
13018 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
13019 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
13021 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
13022 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
13024 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
13028 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13030 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13035 case bp_breakpoint
:
13036 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
13037 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13038 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13040 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13041 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13042 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
13043 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13045 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
13046 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
13049 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
13057 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13059 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13060 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
13061 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
13062 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
13063 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
13064 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13065 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
13066 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
13067 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
13069 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13070 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
13072 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->addr_string
);
13073 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13077 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13078 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13079 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13080 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13082 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13083 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13087 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13088 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13090 char *extra_string
,
13091 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13092 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13094 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13095 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13096 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13097 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13099 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13100 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13102 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13103 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13104 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13108 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13109 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13111 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13114 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13117 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13121 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13122 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13123 case bp_overlay_event
:
13124 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13125 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13126 case bp_exception_master
:
13127 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13130 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13131 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13132 case bp_shlib_event
:
13134 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13135 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13136 case bp_thread_event
:
13142 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13144 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
13146 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13147 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13148 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13149 objects (among other things). */
13150 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13151 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13157 static enum print_stop_action
13158 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13160 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13162 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13166 case bp_shlib_event
:
13167 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13168 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13169 to shlib event" message.) */
13170 print_solib_event (0);
13173 case bp_thread_event
:
13174 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13175 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13176 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13179 case bp_overlay_event
:
13180 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13181 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13184 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13185 /* These should never be enabled. */
13186 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13189 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13190 /* These should never be enabled. */
13191 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13192 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13195 case bp_exception_master
:
13196 /* These should never be enabled. */
13197 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13198 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13202 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
13206 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13208 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13211 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13214 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13216 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13217 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13218 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13219 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13223 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13225 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13228 static enum print_stop_action
13229 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13231 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13233 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13235 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13240 ui_out_field_string
13242 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
13246 ui_out_field_string
13248 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
13253 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
13257 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13259 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13262 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13264 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13265 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13268 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13270 struct thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_id (self
->thread
);
13273 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
13275 momentary_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
13278 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13281 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13283 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
13287 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13289 bl
->probe
->pops
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
, bl
->gdbarch
);
13296 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13298 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13299 bl
->probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
, bl
->gdbarch
);
13301 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
);
13305 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13306 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13307 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13308 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13310 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13312 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (arg
, canonical
);
13314 *copy_arg
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13315 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13317 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13321 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13322 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13324 *sals
= parse_probes (s
, NULL
);
13326 error (_("probe not found"));
13329 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13332 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13334 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13338 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13339 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13340 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13342 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13348 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13349 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13351 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13352 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
13354 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
13356 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmarker id is ");
13357 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13358 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13359 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13364 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13366 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13371 case bp_tracepoint
:
13372 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13373 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13375 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
13376 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13377 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13379 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
13380 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13381 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13384 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13385 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
13392 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13394 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13396 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
13397 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
13398 if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
13399 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
13400 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
13401 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
13403 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13404 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
13406 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->addr_string
);
13407 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
13409 if (tp
->pass_count
)
13410 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
13414 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13415 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13416 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13417 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13419 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13420 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13424 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13425 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13427 char *extra_string
,
13428 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13429 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13431 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13432 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13433 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13434 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13436 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13437 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13439 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13440 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13441 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13445 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13446 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13448 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13451 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13453 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13457 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13458 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13459 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13460 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13462 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13463 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13464 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13468 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13469 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13471 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13472 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b
, s
, sals
);
13475 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
13477 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13480 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13482 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13484 /* This breakpoint could have been pending, and be resolved now, and
13485 if so, we should now have the extra string. If we don't, the
13486 dprintf was malformed when created, but we couldn't tell because
13487 we can't extract the extra string until the location is
13489 if (b
->loc
!= NULL
&& b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
13490 error (_("Format string required"));
13492 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13493 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13494 3 - disconnect from target 1
13495 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13497 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13498 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13499 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13500 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13501 it all the time. */
13502 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13503 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
13506 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13509 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13511 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s%s", tp
->addr_string
,
13513 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13516 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13519 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13520 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13521 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13522 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13523 address are all handled. */
13526 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13528 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13529 struct bpstats tmp_bs
= { NULL
};
13530 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
13532 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13533 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13534 condition not be evaluated. */
13537 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13538 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13539 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13540 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13541 commands here throws. */
13542 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
13543 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
13544 old_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs
.commands
);
13546 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
13548 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13549 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13551 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
13554 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13558 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13559 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13560 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13561 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13563 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13565 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg
);
13567 *copy_arg
= savestring (addr_start
, *arg
- addr_start
);
13569 canonical
->addr_string
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13570 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13571 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13575 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13576 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13578 char *extra_string
,
13579 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13580 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13582 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13583 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13584 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13585 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13588 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
,
13589 canonical
->sals
, 0);
13591 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13592 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13593 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13594 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13595 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13596 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13598 for (i
= 0; i
< lsal
->sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13600 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
13601 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
13602 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13605 expanded
.nelts
= 1;
13606 expanded
.sals
= &lsal
->sals
.sals
[i
];
13608 addr_string
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13609 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
13611 tp
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
13612 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp
->base
, gdbarch
, expanded
,
13614 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13615 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13616 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13617 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13618 canonical
->special_display
);
13619 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13620 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13621 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13622 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13623 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13624 corresponds to this one */
13625 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13627 install_breakpoint (internal
, &tp
->base
, 0);
13629 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
13634 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13635 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13637 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13639 *sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s
);
13640 if (sals
->nelts
> tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13642 sals
->sals
[0] = sals
->sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13646 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13649 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13652 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13654 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13657 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13661 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13663 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13665 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13667 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13668 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13671 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13672 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13673 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13674 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13675 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13678 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13679 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13680 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13681 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13683 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13686 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13687 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13688 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13690 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13691 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13693 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13694 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13695 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13696 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13700 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13702 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13703 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13704 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13705 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13706 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13709 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13710 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13711 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13712 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13714 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
13716 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13717 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13719 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13720 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13722 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13726 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13728 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13729 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13730 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13731 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13732 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13733 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13734 commands won't work. */
13736 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13738 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13739 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13740 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13741 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13742 might be better design to have location completely
13743 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13744 update_global_location_list (0);
13746 bpt
->ops
->dtor (bpt
);
13747 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13748 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13749 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13754 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
13756 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13760 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13762 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
13765 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13766 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13769 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13770 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
13774 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13779 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13781 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13782 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13784 if (next
== related
)
13786 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13787 function (related
, data
);
13789 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13790 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13795 function (related
, data
);
13799 while (related
!= b
);
13803 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13805 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13808 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13809 delete_breakpoint. */
13812 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13814 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13818 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13820 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13826 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13828 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13829 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13830 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13831 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13832 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13834 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13838 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13840 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13842 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13843 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13844 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13848 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13852 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13854 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13855 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
13856 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13861 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13862 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13863 Null names are ignored. */
13866 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13868 struct bp_location
*l
;
13869 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
13870 (int (*) (const void *,
13871 const void *)) streq
,
13872 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
13874 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13877 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13879 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13883 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
13885 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13889 htab_delete (htab
);
13895 htab_delete (htab
);
13899 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13900 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13901 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13902 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13903 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13904 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13905 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13906 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13909 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13910 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13911 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13912 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13913 in the sources, and output a warning.
13915 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13916 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13917 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13918 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13919 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13922 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13923 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13924 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13925 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13926 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13927 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13928 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13929 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13930 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13932 static struct symtab_and_line
13933 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
13935 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13936 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
13941 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
13943 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
13945 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
13946 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13948 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
13950 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13951 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
13952 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
13957 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13959 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
13961 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
13962 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
13964 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
13967 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13969 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
13971 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
13972 struct symbol
*sym
;
13973 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
13974 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13976 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
13978 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13979 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
13981 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13982 "found at previous line number"),
13983 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13987 sal2
.pc
= tpmarker
->address
;
13989 sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
13990 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
13991 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Now in ");
13994 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
13995 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
13996 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
13998 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
13999 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
14000 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
14002 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
14004 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
14006 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
14009 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", sal2
.line
);
14010 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
14012 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
14013 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
14015 xfree (b
->addr_string
);
14016 b
->addr_string
= xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
14017 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
),
14018 b
->loc
->line_number
);
14020 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
14023 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
14029 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
14030 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
14033 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
14037 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
14040 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
14043 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
14050 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
14056 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
14057 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
14058 a ranged breakpoint. */
14061 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14062 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
14063 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
14066 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
14068 if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 0 && (sals
.nelts
!= 1 || sals_end
.nelts
!= 1))
14070 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14072 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14073 update_global_location_list (1);
14074 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14075 "multiple locations found\n"),
14080 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14081 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14082 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14083 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14084 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14085 individual locations. */
14086 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
14091 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14093 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
14095 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
14097 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
14099 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14101 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
14104 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14106 s
= b
->cond_string
;
14107 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14109 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sals
.sals
[i
].pc
,
14110 block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
14115 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14116 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14117 b
->number
, e
.message
);
14118 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
14122 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
14124 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
14126 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
14130 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
14131 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
14132 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
14134 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14137 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
14138 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14139 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14140 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14141 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14142 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14143 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
14145 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
14147 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
14149 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
14150 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
14152 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14153 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
14161 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14162 if (l
->function_name
14163 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
14173 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
14174 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14176 update_global_location_list (1);
14179 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14180 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14182 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14183 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *addr_string
, int *found
)
14186 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
14187 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14189 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
14192 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14194 b
->ops
->decode_linespec (b
, &s
, &sals
);
14198 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
14199 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14200 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14201 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14202 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14203 state, then user already saw the message about that
14204 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14206 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14207 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
14208 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
14209 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14210 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
14211 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
14213 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
14215 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14216 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14217 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14218 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14219 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14220 which approach is better. */
14221 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14222 throw_exception (e
);
14226 if (e
.reason
== 0 || e
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
14230 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14231 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
14232 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
14234 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
14237 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
14238 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
14241 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
14242 b
->thread
= thread
;
14245 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
14246 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
14249 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
14250 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
14260 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14261 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14265 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14268 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
14269 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
14270 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
14272 sals
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string
, &found
);
14275 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
14279 if (b
->addr_string_range_end
)
14281 sals_end
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string_range_end
, &found
);
14284 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
14285 expanded_end
= sals_end
;
14289 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
14292 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14293 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14296 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg
,
14297 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14298 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14299 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
14301 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg
, canonical
);
14304 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14305 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14309 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14310 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14312 char *extra_string
,
14313 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14314 enum bpdisp disposition
,
14316 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14317 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14318 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14319 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14321 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
, cond_string
,
14323 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14324 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
14325 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
14328 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14329 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14332 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
14333 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
14335 struct linespec_result canonical
;
14337 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14338 decode_line_full (s
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
14339 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
14340 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
14343 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14344 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) < 2);
14346 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 0)
14348 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
14350 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
14351 *sals
= lsal
->sals
;
14352 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14354 lsal
->sals
.sals
= NULL
;
14357 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14360 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14362 static struct cleanup
*
14363 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14365 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14367 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
14368 cleanups
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
14369 if (b
->pspace
!= NULL
)
14370 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
14371 set_language (b
->language
);
14376 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14377 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14378 Unused in this case. */
14381 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
14383 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14384 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
14385 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14387 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
14388 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
14389 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14393 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14395 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14397 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14398 enum language save_language
;
14399 int save_input_radix
;
14400 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
14402 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
14403 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
14404 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
14406 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14408 /* Format possible error msg. */
14409 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14411 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
14412 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
14413 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14415 set_language (save_language
);
14416 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
14418 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14420 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
14422 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14423 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14424 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14425 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14428 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14430 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14431 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14433 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14435 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14437 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
14438 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
14440 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14441 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14442 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14444 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
14448 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14449 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14450 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14453 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14455 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14460 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14461 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
14463 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
14465 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
14466 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14471 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
14475 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14476 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14478 else if (count
== 1)
14479 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14482 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14483 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14486 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14490 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
14493 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14496 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14502 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14504 num
= get_number (&p
);
14506 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14508 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14510 set_ignore_count (num
,
14511 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14514 printf_filtered ("\n");
14517 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14518 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14521 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14526 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14528 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
14531 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14533 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
14535 while (!state
.finished
)
14537 char *p
= state
.string
;
14541 num
= get_number_or_range (&state
);
14544 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
14548 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14549 if (b
->number
== num
)
14552 function (b
, data
);
14556 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
14561 static struct bp_location
*
14562 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
14564 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
14568 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14569 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14574 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14576 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14578 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14579 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14584 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14585 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14588 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14590 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
14594 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
14597 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
14603 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14604 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14605 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14608 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14610 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14611 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14612 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14613 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14616 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14617 if (bpt
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
14620 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14622 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14623 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14625 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14626 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14628 struct bp_location
*location
;
14630 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14631 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14634 update_global_location_list (0);
14636 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14639 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14642 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14644 disable_breakpoint (b
);
14647 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14648 disable_breakpoint. */
14651 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14653 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14657 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14661 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14663 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14664 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14665 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14669 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14673 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
14675 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
14682 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14684 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14685 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14686 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14687 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14689 update_global_location_list (0);
14692 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14693 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14699 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14702 int target_resources_ok
;
14704 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14707 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14708 target_resources_ok
=
14709 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14711 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14712 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14713 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14714 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14717 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14719 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14720 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= 0;
14721 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14723 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
14725 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14727 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14728 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14729 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14733 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14734 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14740 if (bpt
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
14741 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14743 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14745 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14746 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14748 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14749 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14751 struct bp_location
*location
;
14753 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14754 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14757 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14758 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14759 update_global_location_list (1);
14761 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14766 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14768 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14772 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14774 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14777 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14778 enable_breakpoint. */
14781 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14783 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14786 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14787 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14788 in stopping the inferior. */
14791 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14795 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14797 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14798 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14799 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14803 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14807 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
14809 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
14816 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14818 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14819 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14820 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14821 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
14823 update_global_location_list (1);
14826 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14827 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14832 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14842 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14844 struct disp_data disp_data
= *(struct disp_data
*) arg
;
14846 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_data
.disp
, disp_data
.count
);
14850 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14852 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, 1 };
14854 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14858 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14860 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14864 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *countptr
)
14866 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, *(int *) countptr
};
14868 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14872 enable_count_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14874 int count
= get_number (&args
);
14876 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint
, &count
);
14880 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14882 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_del
, 1 };
14884 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14888 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14890 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14894 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14899 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14903 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14904 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14908 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
14909 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
14910 const bfd_byte
*data
)
14912 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14914 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14915 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
14916 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
14918 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
14920 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
14922 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14924 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14925 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14926 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
14927 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
14929 value_free (wp
->val
);
14937 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
14938 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
14939 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
14940 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
14944 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14945 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
14947 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
;
14949 bp_tgt
= XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info
);
14951 bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
= aspace
;
14952 bp_tgt
->placed_address
= pc
;
14954 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
) != 0)
14956 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
14964 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
14965 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
14968 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, void *bp
)
14970 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= bp
;
14973 ret
= target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
14979 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
14982 static void *single_step_breakpoints
[2];
14983 static struct gdbarch
*single_step_gdbarch
[2];
14985 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14988 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14989 struct address_space
*aspace
,
14994 if (single_step_breakpoints
[0] == NULL
)
14996 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[0];
14997 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = gdbarch
;
15001 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[1] == NULL
);
15002 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[1];
15003 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = gdbarch
;
15006 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
15007 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
15008 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
15009 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
15010 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
15011 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
15013 *bpt_p
= deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, next_pc
);
15014 if (*bpt_p
== NULL
)
15015 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
15016 paddress (gdbarch
, next_pc
));
15019 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
15020 were inserted or not. */
15023 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
15025 return (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
15026 || single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
);
15029 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
15032 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15034 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
);
15036 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
15038 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[0],
15039 single_step_breakpoints
[0]);
15040 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = NULL
;
15041 single_step_breakpoints
[0] = NULL
;
15043 if (single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
)
15045 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[1],
15046 single_step_breakpoints
[1]);
15047 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = NULL
;
15048 single_step_breakpoints
[1] = NULL
;
15052 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
15053 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
15054 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
15058 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15062 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
15063 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
15065 xfree (single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
15066 single_step_breakpoints
[i
] = NULL
;
15067 single_step_gdbarch
[i
] = NULL
;
15071 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
15075 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15079 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
15080 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
15081 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[i
],
15082 single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
15085 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15089 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
15094 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
15096 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
15098 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
,
15099 bp_tgt
->placed_address
,
15107 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
15108 non-zero otherwise. */
15110 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
15112 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
15113 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
15114 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
15121 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
15123 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
15124 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
15126 return inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
15130 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
15132 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
15134 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
15135 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
15137 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bp
;
15139 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
15143 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
15145 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
15155 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
15156 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
15157 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
15158 const char *text
, const char *word
)
15160 const char **list
= get_syscall_names ();
15161 VEC (char_ptr
) *retlist
15162 = (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, word
, word
);
15168 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15170 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15172 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
15174 tracepoint_count
= num
;
15175 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
15179 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15181 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15182 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
15184 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
))
15185 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15187 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15189 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15191 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15193 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15194 0 /* Ignore count */,
15195 pending_break_support
,
15199 0 /* internal */, 0);
15203 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15205 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15207 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15209 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15210 0 /* Ignore count */,
15211 pending_break_support
,
15212 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15215 0 /* internal */, 0);
15218 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15221 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15223 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15225 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15226 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15227 if (arg
&& strncmp (arg
, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg
[2]))
15228 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15230 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15232 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15234 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15236 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15237 0 /* Ignore count */,
15238 pending_break_support
,
15242 0 /* internal */, 0);
15245 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15246 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15248 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
15249 static int next_cmd
;
15252 read_uploaded_action (void)
15256 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
15263 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15264 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15265 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15266 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15267 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15269 struct tracepoint
*
15270 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
15272 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
15273 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
15275 if (utp
->at_string
)
15276 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
15279 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15280 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15281 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15283 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15284 "source location, using raw address"),
15286 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
15287 addr_str
= small_buf
;
15290 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15291 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
15292 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15293 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15296 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15298 utp
->cond_string
, -1, NULL
,
15299 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15301 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
15302 0 /* Ignore count */,
15303 pending_break_support
,
15304 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15306 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
15308 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
15311 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15312 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
15313 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
15317 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
15320 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
15323 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15324 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15325 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15327 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
15329 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
15334 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
15336 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp
->base
, cmd_list
);
15338 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
15339 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
15340 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15341 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15344 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15345 tp
->base
.hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
15346 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
15351 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15355 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15357 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
15360 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
15362 if (num_printed
== 0)
15364 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
15365 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15367 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
15370 default_collect_info ();
15373 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15374 Not supported by all targets. */
15376 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15378 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15381 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15382 Not supported by all targets. */
15384 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15386 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15389 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15391 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15393 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15399 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
15401 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15402 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15403 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15405 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15406 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15408 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
15412 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15414 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15416 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15417 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15418 delete_breakpoint (b
);
15422 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15425 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15428 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
15430 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
15431 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp
->base
);
15433 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15434 tp
->base
.number
, count
);
15437 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15439 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15440 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15441 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15444 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15446 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
15447 unsigned int count
;
15449 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
15450 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15451 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15453 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15455 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
15456 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
15458 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15460 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15462 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15464 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15466 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15467 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15470 else if (*args
== '\0')
15472 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
, 1);
15474 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15478 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
15480 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
15481 while (!state
.finished
)
15483 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &state
, 1);
15485 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15490 struct tracepoint
*
15491 get_tracepoint (int num
)
15493 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15495 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15496 if (t
->number
== num
)
15497 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15502 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15503 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15506 struct tracepoint
*
15507 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
15509 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15511 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15513 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15515 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
15522 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15523 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15524 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
15525 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15526 struct tracepoint
*
15527 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
15528 struct get_number_or_range_state
*state
,
15531 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15533 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15537 gdb_assert (!state
->finished
);
15538 tpnum
= get_number_or_range (state
);
15540 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15543 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
15545 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
15548 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15552 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15553 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15556 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
15557 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
15561 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15562 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15564 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15567 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15572 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15574 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15575 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15578 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15580 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15583 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15584 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15585 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15589 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15590 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15592 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15594 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
15595 struct ui_file
*fp
;
15596 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15598 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15599 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15601 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15602 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15604 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15605 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15608 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15609 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15614 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15616 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15618 /* We can stop searching. */
15625 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15629 filename
= tilde_expand (filename
);
15630 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, filename
);
15631 fp
= gdb_fopen (filename
, "w");
15633 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15634 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
15635 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp
);
15637 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15638 save_trace_state_variables (fp
);
15640 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15642 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15643 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15646 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15647 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15650 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, fp
);
15652 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15653 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15656 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15657 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15659 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15660 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15662 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
15664 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
15666 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " commands\n");
15668 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, fp
);
15669 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15671 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
15673 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
15676 throw_exception (ex
);
15678 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " end\n");
15681 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15682 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable\n");
15684 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15685 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15686 special, and not user visible. */
15687 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15689 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15692 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15694 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15698 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15699 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15702 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
15703 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15706 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15709 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15711 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15714 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15717 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15719 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15722 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15724 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
15725 all_tracepoints (void)
15727 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
15728 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15730 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15732 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
15739 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15740 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15741 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15743 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15744 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15745 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15746 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15747 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15748 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15749 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15750 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15751 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15752 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15753 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15755 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15756 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15758 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15759 conditions are different.\n\
15761 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15763 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15764 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15766 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15767 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15770 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
15771 void (*sfunc
) (char *args
, int from_tty
,
15772 struct cmd_list_element
*command
),
15773 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15774 void *user_data_catch
,
15775 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15777 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15779 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15781 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15782 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15783 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15785 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15787 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15788 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15789 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15793 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior
*inf
)
15795 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
15796 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
15798 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
15799 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
15800 VEC_free (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
15804 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15806 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15807 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15808 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout
);
15811 struct breakpoint
*
15812 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15815 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15817 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15819 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15826 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15827 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15830 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15832 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15833 non-inline function. */
15834 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15840 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15841 have been inlined. */
15844 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15845 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15847 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15848 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15850 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15852 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15855 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15857 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15858 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15866 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15869 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
15871 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
15873 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
15874 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& loc
->symtab
->objfile
== objfile
)
15875 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
15879 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15881 static int initialized
= 0;
15883 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15889 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15890 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15891 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15892 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15893 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15894 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15895 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15896 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15897 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15898 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_create_sals_from_address
;
15899 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15900 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_decode_linespec
;
15902 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15903 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15904 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15905 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15906 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15907 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15908 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15909 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15911 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15912 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15913 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15914 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15915 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15916 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15917 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15918 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15919 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15920 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15922 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15923 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15924 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15925 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15926 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15927 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15928 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15930 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15931 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15932 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15933 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15934 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15935 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15936 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15938 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15939 ops
= &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
15940 *ops
= momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15941 ops
->dtor
= longjmp_bkpt_dtor
;
15943 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15944 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15945 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15946 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15947 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15948 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
15949 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_probe_decode_linespec
;
15952 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15953 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15954 ops
->dtor
= dtor_watchpoint
;
15955 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15956 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15957 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15958 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15959 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15960 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15961 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15962 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15963 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15964 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15965 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
15967 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15968 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15969 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15970 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15971 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15972 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15973 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15974 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15975 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15976 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15977 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15980 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15981 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15982 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
15983 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
15984 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
15985 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
15986 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
15987 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_address
;
15988 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15989 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_decode_linespec
;
15991 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15992 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15993 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15994 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
15995 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec
;
15997 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15998 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15999 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16000 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_address
;
16001 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
16002 ops
->decode_linespec
= strace_marker_decode_linespec
;
16004 /* Fork catchpoints. */
16005 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
16006 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16007 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
16008 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
16009 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
16010 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
16011 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
16012 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
16013 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
16015 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
16016 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
16017 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16018 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
16019 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
16020 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
16021 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
16022 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
16023 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
16024 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
16026 /* Exec catchpoints. */
16027 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
16028 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16029 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_exec
;
16030 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
16031 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
16032 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
16033 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
16034 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
16035 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
16036 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
16038 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
16039 ops
= &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
16040 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16041 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_syscall
;
16042 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_syscall
;
16043 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_syscall
;
16044 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
;
16045 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_syscall
;
16046 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_syscall
;
16047 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_syscall
;
16048 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_syscall
;
16050 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
16051 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
16052 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16053 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_solib
;
16054 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
16055 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
16056 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
16057 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
16058 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
16059 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
16060 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
16061 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
16063 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
16064 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16065 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
16066 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
16067 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
16068 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
16069 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
16070 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
16073 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16075 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
16078 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16080 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
16082 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16084 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
16085 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
);
16086 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
16087 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
16089 breakpoint_objfile_key
16090 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_probes
);
16092 catch_syscall_inferior_data
16093 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL
,
16094 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup
);
16096 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
16097 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16098 before a breakpoint is set. */
16099 breakpoint_count
= 0;
16101 tracepoint_count
= 0;
16103 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
16104 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16105 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16107 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16109 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
16110 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16111 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16112 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16113 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16114 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16115 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16116 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16118 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
16119 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16120 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16121 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16122 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
16124 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
16125 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16126 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16127 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16128 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16130 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16131 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16133 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
16134 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16135 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16136 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16138 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16139 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16141 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
16142 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16143 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16144 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16146 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16147 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16149 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16150 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16151 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16152 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16153 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16154 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16155 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16157 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16158 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16159 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16160 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16161 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16162 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16164 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16166 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16167 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16168 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16169 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16170 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16171 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
16173 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16174 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16175 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16178 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16179 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16180 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16183 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16184 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16185 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16186 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16189 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16190 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16191 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16194 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16195 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16196 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16199 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16200 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16201 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16202 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16205 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16206 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16207 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16208 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16209 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16210 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16211 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16212 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16214 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16215 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16216 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16217 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16218 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16220 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
16221 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16222 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16223 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16224 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16225 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16228 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16229 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16230 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16231 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16233 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16234 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16235 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16236 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16237 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16239 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16240 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16241 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16242 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16244 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
16245 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16246 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16247 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16248 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16251 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
16252 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16253 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16254 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16255 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16256 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16258 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16259 is executing in.\n\
16261 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16262 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16264 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
16265 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16266 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16267 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16269 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
16270 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
16271 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
16272 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
16275 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16279 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
16280 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16281 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16282 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
16283 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
16284 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
16285 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
16286 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16287 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16288 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16289 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16290 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16291 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16292 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16293 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16294 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16296 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16297 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16298 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16299 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16300 breakpoint set."));
16303 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
16304 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16305 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16306 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16307 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16308 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16309 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16310 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16311 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16313 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16314 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16315 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16316 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16317 breakpoint set."));
16319 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16322 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16323 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16324 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16325 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16326 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16327 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16328 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16329 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16330 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16332 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16333 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16334 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16335 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16336 breakpoint set."));
16338 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
16339 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16340 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16341 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16342 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16343 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16344 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16345 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16346 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16347 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16348 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16349 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16350 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16352 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16353 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16354 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16355 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16357 &maintenanceinfolist
);
16359 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
16360 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16361 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
16362 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16364 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
16365 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16366 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
16367 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16369 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16370 catch_fork_command_1
,
16372 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
16373 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
16374 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16375 catch_fork_command_1
,
16377 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
16378 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
16379 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16380 catch_exec_command_1
,
16384 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16385 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16386 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16387 catch_load_command_1
,
16391 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16392 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16393 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16394 catch_unload_command_1
,
16398 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16399 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16400 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16401 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16402 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16403 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16404 catch_syscall_command_1
,
16405 catch_syscall_completer
,
16409 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
16410 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16411 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16412 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16413 an expression changes.\n\
16414 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16415 the memory to which it refers."));
16416 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16418 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
16419 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16420 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16421 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16422 an expression is read.\n\
16423 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16424 the memory to which it refers."));
16425 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16427 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
16428 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16429 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16430 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16431 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16432 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16433 the memory to which it refers."));
16434 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16436 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
16437 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16439 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16440 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16441 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
16442 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
16443 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16444 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16445 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16446 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16447 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16450 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
16451 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16453 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
16455 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16457 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
16458 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16460 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16461 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16462 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16464 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
16465 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16466 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16467 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16469 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
16470 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16472 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16473 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16474 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16476 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
16477 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16479 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16480 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16481 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16482 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16483 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16484 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16485 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16486 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16487 the selected stack frame.\n\
16488 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16489 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16490 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16491 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16493 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16495 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16496 conditions are different.\n\
16498 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16499 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16500 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16502 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
16503 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16504 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16505 last tracepoint set."));
16507 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16509 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
16510 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16511 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16512 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16514 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
16516 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
16517 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16518 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16519 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16521 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
16523 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
16524 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16525 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16526 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16528 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
16530 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
16531 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16532 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16533 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16534 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16536 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
16537 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16538 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
16539 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16541 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16542 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16543 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16544 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16545 session to restore them."),
16547 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16549 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16550 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16551 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16553 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16555 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
16556 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
16558 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16559 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16560 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16561 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16562 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
16563 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
16564 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16565 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16566 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16567 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16568 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
16569 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
16571 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
16572 &pending_break_support
, _("\
16573 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16574 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16575 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16576 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16577 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16578 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16580 show_pending_break_support
,
16581 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16582 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16584 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
16586 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
16587 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
16588 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16589 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16590 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16591 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16592 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16594 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
16595 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16596 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16598 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
16599 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
16600 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16601 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16602 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16603 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16604 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16605 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16606 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16607 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16608 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16609 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16611 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
16612 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16613 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16615 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
16616 condition_evaluation_enums
,
16617 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
16618 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16619 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16620 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16621 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16622 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16623 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16624 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16625 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16626 be set to \"gdb\""),
16627 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16628 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16629 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16630 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16632 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16633 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16634 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16635 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16636 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16637 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16638 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16639 or the start of the range\n\
16640 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16641 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16642 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16644 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16645 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16646 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16648 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16649 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16650 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16651 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16652 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16653 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function."));
16654 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16656 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16657 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16658 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16659 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16660 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16661 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16662 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16663 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16664 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16665 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16666 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16667 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16669 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16670 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16671 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16672 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16673 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16674 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16675 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16677 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16678 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16679 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16680 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16681 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16682 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16683 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16685 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16686 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16687 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16688 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16689 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16690 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16693 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16695 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16696 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16697 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16699 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16701 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);
16702 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints
);